WO2020203172A1 - Cassette - Google Patents

Cassette Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020203172A1
WO2020203172A1 PCT/JP2020/011087 JP2020011087W WO2020203172A1 WO 2020203172 A1 WO2020203172 A1 WO 2020203172A1 JP 2020011087 W JP2020011087 W JP 2020011087W WO 2020203172 A1 WO2020203172 A1 WO 2020203172A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
printing tape
cassette
spool
recess
printing
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/011087
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健太郎 村山
Original Assignee
ブラザー工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to KR1020217031344A priority Critical patent/KR20210146929A/en
Application filed by ブラザー工業株式会社 filed Critical ブラザー工業株式会社
Priority to CN202310903332.XA priority patent/CN117021793A/en
Priority to CA3135338A priority patent/CA3135338A1/en
Priority to CN202310903311.8A priority patent/CN117021791A/en
Priority to CN202080026096.2A priority patent/CN113661069B/en
Priority to MX2021011978A priority patent/MX2021011978A/en
Priority to EP20783843.4A priority patent/EP3932681A4/en
Priority to AU2020250328A priority patent/AU2020250328A1/en
Priority to SG11202110838RA priority patent/SG11202110838RA/en
Priority to BR112021019447A priority patent/BR112021019447A2/en
Priority to CN202310903324.5A priority patent/CN117021792A/en
Publication of WO2020203172A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020203172A1/en
Priority to US17/489,713 priority patent/US11987064B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J17/00Mechanisms for manipulating page-width impression-transfer material, e.g. carbon paper
    • B41J17/32Detachable carriers or holders for impression-transfer material mechanism
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J15/00Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, specially adapted for supporting or handling copy material in continuous form, e.g. webs
    • B41J15/04Supporting, feeding, or guiding devices; Mountings for web rolls or spindles
    • B41J15/044Cassettes or cartridges containing continuous copy material, tape, for setting into printing devices
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J15/00Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, specially adapted for supporting or handling copy material in continuous form, e.g. webs
    • B41J15/04Supporting, feeding, or guiding devices; Mountings for web rolls or spindles
    • B41J15/06Supporting, feeding, or guiding devices; Mountings for web rolls or spindles characterised by being applied to printers having stationary carriages
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J3/00Typewriters or selective printing or marking mechanisms characterised by the purpose for which they are constructed
    • B41J3/36Typewriters or selective printing or marking mechanisms characterised by the purpose for which they are constructed for portability, i.e. hand-held printers or laptop printers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J31/00Ink ribbons; Renovating or testing ink ribbons
    • B41J31/10Ink ribbons having arrangements to facilitate threading through a machine
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J32/00Ink-ribbon cartridges

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a cassette that is detachably attached to a printing apparatus.
  • the ink ribbon cartridge described in Patent Document 1 includes a ribbon cartridge and a printing sheet cartridge.
  • the ink ribbon and a winding shaft for winding the ink ribbon are housed in the ribbon cartridge.
  • the print sheet is housed in the print sheet cartridge.
  • a plurality of set claws are provided on the outer peripheral wall of the printing sheet cartridge. When the plurality of set claws engage with the ribbon cartridge, the printing sheet cartridge is superposed on the ribbon cartridge and integrated with the ribbon cartridge.
  • the ribbon cartridge is provided with a head opening into which the printer head is inserted.
  • a sheet opening through which the printing sheet passes is provided at a position of the printing sheet cartridge opposite to the head opening with respect to the roll of the printing sheet.
  • the print sheet After being pulled out of the roll, the print sheet is taken out of the print sheet cartridge through the sheet opening. The print sheet then passes around the outer peripheral wall of the print sheet cartridge and passes through the head opening. At the head opening, the print sheet and the ink ribbon are superposed on each other, and printing is performed by the head of the printer. The printed print sheet is guided to the film gate for ejecting the print sheet by the set claw on the head opening side.
  • the ink ribbon used for printing is wound by a winding shaft.
  • the ink ribbon cartridge is miniaturized in the direction orthogonal to the vertical direction by providing the ink ribbon and the head opening at different positions in the direction in which the ribbon cartridge and the printing sheet cartridge are lined up, that is, in the vertical direction.
  • the cassette is required to be further miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the present invention has been made in the background of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a cassette that can be miniaturized in an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the gist of the first invention is (a) a print tape roll on which a print tape which is rotatable and is a printing medium is wound, and (b) a print tape roll with respect to the print tape roll.
  • An outer peripheral wall located on one side of the first direction in the width direction, the first side wall extending in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction, and the second side wall orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction.
  • the outer peripheral wall including the recess wall defining the recess is provided, and (c) at least a part of the recess is to overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  • the gist of the second invention is that, in the first invention, the printing tape roll is formed by winding the printing tape around a rotatable printing tape spool, and at least a part of the recessed wall is the printing tape. It overlaps the spool in the first direction.
  • the gist of the third invention is that, in the second invention, at least a part of the recess overlaps with the printing tape spool in the first direction.
  • the gist of the fourth invention is that in any one of the first to third inventions, in the third direction, the center of rotation of the printing tape roll is one side of the recess in the third direction. It is located between one end and the other end.
  • the gist of the fifth invention is that, in any one of the first to fourth inventions, the printing tape roll is formed by winding the printing tape around a rotatable printing tape spool. In three directions, at least a portion of the printing tape spool is located between the recessed portion on one side and the other end in the third direction.
  • the gist of the sixth invention is that in the fifth invention, in the third direction, the center of rotation of the printing tape spool is the recessed portion in the third direction with the one-sided end and the other-sided end. It is located between.
  • the gist of the seventh invention is that in the fifth or sixth invention, the first case in which the printing tape roll is housed and the one side of the first case in the first direction are located.
  • the second case includes a second case having the outer peripheral wall, and the second case is a discharge port defined by the second side wall, and is one side end of the recess in the third direction in the third direction.
  • the printing tape which is located between the portion and the other end portion, is provided with the discharge port from which the printing tape supplied from the printing tape roll is discharged from the second case to the recess, and the printing is performed in the third direction.
  • the center of rotation of the tape spool is located between the outlet and the one-sided end of the recess in the third direction.
  • the gist of the eighth invention is that in the seventh invention, the recess overlaps at least a part of the first case in the first direction.
  • the gist of the ninth invention is that in any one of the first to eighth inventions, it is located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll and is supplied from the printing tape roll.
  • the ink ribbon used for printing on the printing tape is wound and is located on one side of the rotatable supply spool and the printing tape roll in the first direction and is supplied from the supply spool.
  • a take-up spool that is rotatable so as to take up the ink ribbon is provided, and at least a part of the supply spool and at least a part of the take-up spool overlap with the printing tape roll in the first direction. is there.
  • the gist of the tenth invention is that, in any one of the first to ninth inventions, the present invention is located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll and is attached to the printing tape.
  • the laminating tape is wound and includes a rotatable laminating tape roll, wherein at least a portion of the laminating tape roll overlaps the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  • the gist of the eleventh invention is that, in the tenth invention, the laminating tape roll is configured by winding the laminating tape around a laminating tape spool, and the laminating tape spool is the printing tape roll. And overlap in the first direction.
  • the gist of the twelfth invention is that, in the eleventh invention, in the third direction, the center of rotation of the bonding tape spool is the recessed portion in one side end portion and the other side end portion in the third direction. It is to be located in between.
  • the gist of the thirteenth invention is that in any one of the first to twelfth inventions, in the second direction and the third direction, the center of the cassette in the second direction and the third direction.
  • the distance from the center position, which is the center of the printing tape roll, to the rotation center of the printing tape roll is smaller than the distance from the center position to the recess.
  • the gist of the fourteenth invention is (a) a printing tape roll around which the printing tape is wound, and (b) a spacer that abuts on the printing tape roll in the first direction which is the width direction of the printing tape.
  • a second side wall extending in a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and intersecting the second direction, and a recess extending from the second side wall to one of the second directions, the second side wall.
  • a recess wall that defines the recess extending in the third direction on one side of the second direction is provided, and (d) at least a part of the recess is the spacer film and the recess. It is to overlap in the first direction.
  • a print tape roll around which a print tape that is rotatable and a printing medium is wound, and (b) the width of the print tape with respect to the print tape roll.
  • An outer peripheral wall located on one side of the first direction, which is a direction, and extends in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction, and a first side wall orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction.
  • the second side wall extending in the intersecting third direction and the recess extending from the second side wall in one of the second directions and extending in the third direction on one side of the second side wall with respect to the second side wall.
  • It comprises a recessed wall that defines a recess and an outer peripheral wall that comprises (c) at least a portion of the recess that overlaps the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  • the first case provided with the printing tape roll and the second case provided with the concave wall are overlapped in the first direction, that is, in the vertical direction, and at least a part of the concave portion is overlapped with the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  • the cassette is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction.
  • the printing tape roll is formed by winding the tape around a rotatable printing tape spool, and at least a part of the recessed wall is the width of the printing tape spool and the printing tape. It overlaps with the first direction, which is the direction.
  • the cassette is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the concave wall does not overlap the printing tape spool in the first direction.
  • the cassette of the third invention at least a part of the recess overlaps with the printing tape spool in the first direction.
  • the cassette is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction, as compared with the case where at least a part of the recess does not overlap the printing tape spool in the first direction.
  • the center of rotation of the printing tape roll is located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess in the third direction.
  • the cassette is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction than when the recess is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the third direction of the recess.
  • the printing tape in the printing tape roll, the printing tape is wound around a rotatable printing tape spool, and in the third direction, at least a part of the printing tape spool is the recessed portion. It is located between one side end portion and the other side end portion of the third direction.
  • the cassette is orthogonal to the first direction as compared with the case where the center of rotation of the printing tape spool is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the direction.
  • the center of rotation of the printing tape spool in the second case, in the third direction, is between the discharge port and the one-sided end of the recess in the third direction. positioned.
  • the cassette is placed in an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction than when the center of rotation of the printing tape spool is not located between the discharge port and the one-sided end of the recess in the third direction. It will be miniaturized.
  • the second case is a discharge port defined by the second side wall, and is between one side end portion and the other side end portion of the recess in the third direction in the third direction.
  • the printing tape which is located and is supplied from the printing tape roll, is provided with the discharge port from the second case to the recess, and in the third direction, the rotation center of the printing tape spool is the discharge port. It is located between the recess and the one-sided end of the recess in the third direction.
  • the cassette has a third direction than the case where the center of rotation of the printing tape spool is not located between the discharge port and the one-sided end of the recess in the third direction in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to one direction.
  • the recess overlaps at least a part of the first case in the first direction.
  • the cassette is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction than when the recess does not overlap with at least a part of the first case in the first direction.
  • the gist of the ninth invention is that an ink ribbon located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll and used for printing on the printing tape supplied from the printing tape roll is wound.
  • at least a part of the supply spool and at least a part of the take-up spool overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  • the cassette is smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction than when at least a part of the supply spool and at least a part of the take-up spool do not overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction. Be transformed.
  • the second case includes a laminating tape roll on which a laminating tape to be bonded to the printing tape is wound and is rotatable, and at least a part of the laminating tape roll is provided. , Overlaps the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  • the cassette is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the bonding tape roll does not overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  • the laminating tape roll is configured by winding the laminating tape around the laminating tape spool, and the laminating tape spool is formed in the printing tape roll and the first direction. overlapping.
  • the cassette is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction as compared with the case where the bonding tape spool does not overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  • the rotation center of the bonding tape spool in the third direction, is located between one side end portion and the other side end portion of the third direction of the recess. ..
  • the rotation center of the bonding tape spool is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess in the third direction in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction.
  • the center of the second direction of the cassette and the third direction in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction and the third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction, the center of the second direction of the cassette and the third direction.
  • the distance from the center position, which is the center of the direction, to the rotation center of the printing tape roll is smaller than the distance from the center position to the recess.
  • the cassette is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction than when the distance from the center position of the cassette to the rotation center of the printing tape roll is larger than the distance from the center position to the recess. Orthogonal.
  • the printing tape roll around which the printing tape is wound and (b) the printing tape roll are in contact with each other in the first direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the printing tape.
  • the second case including a recess wall extending from the second side wall in one of the second directions and defining a recess extending in the third direction on one side of the second side wall with respect to the second side wall.
  • At least a part of the recess overlaps with the spacer film in the first direction.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing the configuration and internal configuration of the cassette case of FIG. 1 by separating the first case member, the second case member, the third case member, and the fourth case member constituting the case.
  • FIG. 6 is a sectional view taken along line VIII-VIII of FIG. 6 showing a state in which the printing tape is stretched from the inside of the tape case to the inside of the ribbon case. It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 2nd case member of FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 3rd case member of FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 3rd case member of FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 4th case member of FIG. It is a bottom view which shows the lower surface side of the 4th case member of FIG. Using the figure showing the lower surface of the third case member of FIG.
  • FIG. 1 the path of the printing tape drawn from the printing tape roll and the path of the bonding tape drawn from the bonding tape roll, and the path of the ink ribbon drawn from the ink ribbon are defined.
  • Each is a diagram showing. It is a figure explaining the laminated body of the printing tape and the bonding tape sent out from the cassette of FIG. It is a plan view of the cassette of FIG. 1, and is the figure which shows the relative position of the printing tape roll, the bonding tape roll, the ink ribbon, and the take-up spool.
  • FIG. 6 is a sectional view taken along line XVII-XVII of FIG. It is a figure explaining the cassette mounting part of the printing apparatus to which the cassette of FIG. 1 is mounted.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing the configuration and internal configuration of the cassette case of FIG. 19 by separating the first case member, the second case member, the third case member, and the fourth case member constituting the case.
  • FIG. 19 is a sectional view taken along the line XXVI-XXVI of FIG. 24 showing a state in which the printing tape is stretched from the tape case to the ribbon case in the cassette of FIG.
  • It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 2nd case member of the cassette of FIG.
  • It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 3rd case member of the cassette of FIG.
  • It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 3rd case member of the cassette of FIG.
  • It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 4th case member of the cassette of FIG.
  • FIG. 36 It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the cassette of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the cassette of FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the structure of the cassette of embodiment of FIG. 36 separately showing the 1st case member, the 2nd case member, the 3rd case member, and the 4th case member which make up a case. It is a front view which shows the upper surface side of the 1st case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 1st case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. It is a front view which shows the upper surface side of the 2nd case member of the cassette of FIG. 36 together with a printing tape roll.
  • FIG. 36 It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 2nd case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 3rd case member of the cassette of FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 3rd case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 4th case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 4th case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. It is a figure which shows the path of the printing tape drawn out from the printing tape roll, and the path of the bonding tape drawn out from the bonding tape roll, respectively, by using the figure showing the lower surface of the third case member of FIG. 36.
  • FIG. 36 It is a figure explaining the printing tape sent out from the cassette of FIG. 36. It is a figure which shows the relative position of the printing tape roll, the bonding tape roll, and the recess of the cassette of FIG. 36. It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the cassette of 4th Embodiment of this invention. It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the cassette of FIG. FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the cassette according to the embodiment of FIG. 50 by separating the first case member, the second case member, the third case member, and the fourth case member constituting the case. It is a figure explaining the printing tape sent out from the cassette of FIG. It is a schematic diagram which shows the structure of the cassette of still another embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a cassette 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention from the front side, that is, from the top surface.
  • the upper side of FIG. 1 is the front side of the cassette 10
  • the lower side is the rear side of the cassette 10
  • the right side is the left side of the cassette 10
  • the left side is the right side of the cassette 10
  • the upper left side is the cassette 10.
  • the upper side is the upper side
  • the lower right side is the lower side of the cassette 10.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the cassette 10 from the back surface side, that is, the bottom surface.
  • the cassette 10 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole, and is detachably mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102 shown in FIG. 18 to be described later.
  • the cassette 10 includes a first case or tape case 20 composed of a first case member 12 and a second case member 14, and a second case or ribbon case 21 composed of a third case member 16 and a fourth case member 18. And have.
  • the first case member 12 to the fourth case member 18 are stacked in the vertical direction shown in FIG.
  • the first case member 12, the second case member 14, the third case member 16, and the fourth case member 18 are overlapped with each other and have a plurality of locking claws 27 provided between the outer peripheral walls of each other. They are mutually fixed by engagement with the fixing claw 28 and positioning by the positioning protrusion 29.
  • the upper surface of each case member 12 to 18 is referred to as an upper surface or a front surface
  • the lower surface is referred to as a lower surface or a back surface.
  • the ribbon case 21 is located on one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 20.
  • the ribbon case 21 is located on the lower side, which is one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 20.
  • the tape case 20 rotatably accommodates a printing tape roll 26 in which a printing tape 22 as a printing medium is wound in a first space S1 formed inside.
  • the printing tape roll 26 is configured by winding a strip-shaped printing tape 22 around a printing tape spool 24 which is a cylindrical shaft core material.
  • the printing tape 22 is wound so that the width direction of the printing tape 22 is the vertical direction, which is the first direction.
  • the radial direction of the printing tape roll 26 is the front-rear direction and the left-right direction, and the radial direction is an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the orthogonal direction can be rephrased as an arbitrary direction parallel to a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the print tape 22, the print tape spool 24, and the print tape roll 26 correspond to a print medium, a print medium spool, and a print medium roll.
  • the ribbon case 21 rotatably accommodates the ink ribbon roll 72, the bonding tape roll 64, and the take-up spool 76 in the second space S2 formed inside.
  • the ink ribbon roll 72 is configured by winding a strip-shaped ink ribbon 68 around a take-up spool 76 so that the width direction of the ink ribbon 68 is in the vertical direction.
  • the ink ribbon 68 is used for printing on the strip-shaped printing tape 22.
  • the take-up spool 76 winds up the ink ribbon 68 drawn from the ink ribbon roll 72.
  • the bonding tape roll 64 the band-shaped bonding tape 60 bonded to the printed printing tape 22 is wound around the bonding tape spool 62 so that the width direction of the bonding tape 60 is in the vertical direction. ..
  • a take-up spool support hole 94 is provided on the lower surface of the fourth case member 18 of the cassette 10.
  • the connection hole 96 of the take-up spool 76 which will be described later, is exposed from the take-up spool support hole 94.
  • the recess 99 is inserted with the print head 106, which will be described later, provided in the cassette mounting portion 104. As shown in FIG. 2, the upper end of the recess 99 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 14.
  • FIG. 4 is a front view showing the upper surface side of the first case member 12, and FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the first case member 12.
  • FIG. 6 is a front view showing the upper surface side of the second case member 14 together with the printing tape roll. In FIG. 6, the description of the printing tape 22 drawn out from the printing tape roll 26 is omitted.
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view showing the upper surface side of the second case member 14.
  • FIG. 8 is a sectional view taken along line VIII-VIII of FIG. 6 showing a state in which the printing tape 22 is bridged from the inside of the tape case 20 into the ribbon case 21.
  • 9 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the second case member 14, FIG.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view showing the upper surface side of the third case member 16, and FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the third case member 16. It is a department.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing the upper surface side of the fourth case member 18, and
  • FIG. 13 is a bottom view showing the lower surface side of the fourth case member 18.
  • the printing tape roll 26 is rotatably housed around the first rotation center line C1 parallel in the vertical direction in the first space S1 between the first case member 12 and the second case member 14.
  • the first rotation center line C1 is not only the rotation center of the printing tape roll 26 but also the rotation center of the printing tape spool 24.
  • the first case member 12 and the second case member 14 have a rectangular shape, and the first rotation center line C1 is substantially rightward to the center of the first case member 12 and the second case member 14 in the left-right direction, which is the second direction. Moreover, it is located near the center of the front-back direction, which is the third direction.
  • the printing tape 22 is formed by laminating a release tape 22c on a surface of the tape to be printed 22a opposite to the printing surface via an adhesive 22b.
  • a cylindrical first support protrusion 30 and a first circumferential wall 34 are provided on the lower surface side of the first case member 12.
  • the first support protrusion 30 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 24 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 26.
  • the first circumferential wall 34 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 26.
  • the first support protrusion 30 and the first circumferential wall 34 project downward from the lower surface side of the first case member 12 in a state of having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1.
  • a cylindrical second support protrusion 32 and a second circumferential wall 36 are provided on the upper surface side of the second case member 14.
  • the second support protrusion 32 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 24 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 26.
  • the second circumferential wall 36 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 26.
  • the second support protrusion 32 and the second circumferential wall 36 project upward from the upper surface side of the second case member 14 in a state of having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1.
  • the printing tape roll 26 has a first case member 12 and a second case member 14 in a state where a circular spacer film 38 having an outer diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 26 is interposed above and below the printing tape roll 26, respectively. It is arranged between and.
  • the spacer film 38 is for smoothly rotating the printing tape roll 26, and is made of, for example, a tetrafluorinated ethylene resin sheet.
  • the lower surface side of the first case member 12 and the upper surface side of the second member 14 case have a first circumferential wall for pulling out the printing tape 22 from the printing tape roll 26 from a fixed position.
  • the printing tape rolls 40 and 42 formed by cutting out a part of the 34 and the second circumferential wall 36 are formed, the printing tape roll 26 is formed on the upper surface side of the second case member 14.
  • a guide wall 50 extending from the left end to the left side of the printing tape gate 42 is formed.
  • the guide wall 50 extending from the left end of the printing tape gate 42 to the left bends to the long side portion 46b side, that is, to the rear before reaching the short side portion 46a of the outer peripheral wall 46, and is a second circumferential wall. It extends along 36 and is connected to the long side portion 44b.
  • the bottom plate 14a of the second case member 14 has a substantially L-shaped through hole in the front view extending in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction along the guide wall 50 and the long side portion 46b of the outer peripheral wall 46. 52 is formed.
  • a plurality of guide ribs 54 are formed on the bottom plate 14a between a portion of the second circumferential wall 36 facing the guide wall 50 and the long side portion 46b and the through hole 52. The plurality of guide ribs 54 guide the printing tape 22 unwound from the printing tape roll 26 and fed out through the printing tape gates 40 and 42 into the through holes 52.
  • FIG. 7 shows the cassette 10 from which the first case member 12 has been removed.
  • the printing tape 22 unwound from the printing tape roll 26 is guided to S2 in the second space between the third case member 16 and the fourth case member 18 through the through hole 52. ..
  • the printing tape 22 is bridged between the tape case 20 and the ribbon case 21 through a through hole 52 formed in a bottom plate 14a that partitions between the first space S1 and the second space S2.
  • FIG. 8 shows the printing tape 22 obliquely bridged from the inside of the tape case 20 into the ribbon case 21 through the through hole 52. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 14, which will be described later, the printing tape 22 extends to the recess 99 of the ribbon case 21.
  • FIG. 9 shows the lower surface side of the second case member 14. As shown in FIG. 9, a through hole 52 is opened on the back surface of the bottom plate 14a of the second case member 14, and a guide wall 56 is erected in the vertical direction along the through hole 52.
  • FIG. 10 shows the upper surface side of the third case member 16.
  • a through hole 58, a bonding tape roll support hole 66, an ink ribbon support hole 74, a take-up spool support hole 78, and a roller support hole 82 are formed in the ceiling plate 16e of the third case member 16. ing.
  • the through hole 58 is formed at a position corresponding to the through hole 52 of the second case member 14 in order to pass the printing tape 22 drawn out from the printing tape roll 26 to the second space S2. That is, a part of the through hole 52 and a part of the through hole 58 overlap each other in the vertical direction.
  • the bottom plate 14a of the second case member 14 and the ceiling plate 16e of the third case member 16 partition the first space S1 in the tape case 20 and the second space S2 in the ribbon case 21.
  • the bonding tape 60 is made of a transparent film 60a in which, for example, an adhesive 60b is applied to one surface in contact with the printing surface in order to protect the printing surface of the printing tape 22.
  • the ink ribbon support hole 74 rotatably supports the ink ribbon roll 72 around the third rotation center line C3 parallel to the first rotation center line C1 by fitting one end of the supply spool 70 around which the ink ribbon 68 is wound. To do.
  • the third rotation center line C3 is not only the rotation center of the ink ribbon roll 72 but also the rotation center of the supply pool 70.
  • the take-up spool support hole 78 fits one end of the take-up spool 76 for taking up the ink ribbon 68 unwound from the ink ribbon roll 72, and makes the take-up spool 76 a fourth rotation parallel to the first rotation center line C1. It is rotatably supported around the center line C4.
  • the fourth rotation center line C4 is the rotation center of the take-up spool 24.
  • the roller support hole 82 is a roller 80 that presses the printing tape 22 and the bonding tape 60 between the rollers of the printing apparatus 102 in order to crimp the printing surface of the printing tape 22 and the adhesive surface of the bonding tape 60.
  • One end is fitted to rotatably support the roller 80 around the fifth rotation center line C5 parallel to the first rotation center line C1.
  • a bonding tape roll holding wall 84, an ink ribbon roll holding wall 86, a cylindrical protrusion 88, and an arc-shaped wall 92 are formed on the lower surface of the third case member 16.
  • the bonding tape roll holding wall 84 and the arc-shaped wall 92 have an arc shape centered on the bonding tape roll support hole 66 around the bonding tape roll support hole 66 in order to define the arrangement position of the bonding tape roll 64.
  • the ink ribbon roll holding wall 86 is centered on the take-up spool support hole 78 around the take-up spool support hole 78 in order to define the ink ribbon roll arrangement position of the ink ribbon 68 wound on the take-up spool 76.
  • the cylindrical protrusion 88 projects downward from the periphery of the ink ribbon support hole 74 and has irregularities arranged on the tip surface in the circumferential direction.
  • a support protrusion 93 that rotatably supports the upper end portion of the sticking prevention roller 91 that prevents sticking of the sticking tape 60 is provided.
  • a support protrusion 95 is provided on the upper surface of the fourth case member 18 to support the lower end portion of the sticking prevention roller 91 so as to be connectable.
  • a clutch spring holder 90 accommodating a clutch spring is fitted to the other end of the supply spool 70 around which the ink ribbon 68 is wound, and the supply spool 70 is inside the clutch spring holder 90.
  • the clutch spring of the above allows the ink ribbon roll 72 to be provided with an appropriate rotational resistance.
  • the take-up spool support hole 94 for rotatably supporting the take-up spool 76 by fitting the other end of the take-up spool 76 is formed through.
  • the fourth case member 18 is formed with a cylindrical support protrusion 97 that rotatably supports the supply spool 70 by fitting the other end of the supply spool 70.
  • a connecting hole 96 formed on the other end surface of the take-up spool 76 is exposed to the lower surface of the fourth case member 18 through the take-up spool support hole 94 as shown in FIG.
  • the take-up spool drive shaft 108 of the printing device 102 described later is inserted into the connecting hole 96 and connected to the take-up spool 76, and the take-up spool 76 is connected to the take-up spool 76 by the drive shaft. It is driven to rotate.
  • the fourth case member 18 is provided with a roller exposed hole 98 that exposes the shaft end of the roller 80 at a position corresponding to the roller support hole 82 formed in the third case member 16.
  • the connecting portion 80a formed at the end of the roller 80 on the side of the fourth case member 18 is exposed to the lower surface of the fourth case member 18 through the roller exposed hole 98 as shown in FIG.
  • the ribbon case 21 composed of the third case member 16 and the fourth case member 18 is mounted on the cassette.
  • a part of the outer peripheral wall 16w of the third case member 16 has a first side wall 16a extending in the front-rear direction, which is a second direction orthogonal to the vertical direction corresponding to the stacking direction, and a first side wall.
  • a second side wall 16b extending in the left-right direction, which is a third direction orthogonal to the vertical direction and the front-back direction, and a U-shaped concave wall 16c surrounding the concave portion 99 are formed from the front end portion of the 16a.
  • the concave wall 16c includes an inner wall 16h that faces the second side wall 16b in the front-rear direction and extends in the left-right direction, an inner wall 16i that extends rearward from the right end of the inner wall 16h, an inner wall 16j that extends from the rear end of the inner wall 16i to the left, and an inner wall. It is composed of an inner wall 16k extending forward from the left end of 16j.
  • the recess 99 is defined by the second side wall 16b and the recess wall 16c so as to extend rearward from the left end of the second side wall 16b and extend laterally behind the second side wall 16b.
  • the fourth case member 18 is formed with a U-shaped notch 18a corresponding to the concave wall 16c.
  • the recess 99 is formed by the recess wall 16c and the notch 18a.
  • a part of the upper end of the recess 99 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 14. That is, the recess 99 overlaps the second case member 14 and the first case member 12 in the vertical direction.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 16 when the cassette 10 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102.
  • the printing tape 22 is pulled out from the printing tape roll 26 and diagonally hung from the first space S1 in the tape case 20 to the second space S2 in the ribbon case 21 through the through holes 52 and the through holes 58. Passed. Therefore, in FIG. 14 showing the third case member 16, the printing tape 22 is drawn from the through hole 58 behind the third case member 16.
  • the printing tape 22 and the bonding tape 60 are sandwiched between the roller 80 and the pressing roller 118 of the printing device 102, and are driven from the printing tape roll 26 and the bonding tape roll 64, respectively. Pulled out.
  • FIG. 14 shows the transport paths of the printing tape 22, the ink ribbon 68, and the bonding tape 60.
  • the printing tape 22 is indicated by a two-dot chain line
  • the bonding tape 60 is indicated by a broken line
  • the ink ribbon 68 is indicated by a one-dot chain line.
  • the take-up spool 76 and the roller 80 are rotationally driven, the printing tape 22 and the ink ribbon 68 are ejected from the ejection port 130 toward the printing place P in a stacked state.
  • the discharge port 130 is defined by the left end portion of the second side wall 16b and the left end portion of the side wall 16h, and is a gap penetrating in the left-right direction.
  • the print tape 22 is pressed against the print head 106 via the ink ribbon 68.
  • a plurality of heat generating elements arranged on the surface of the print head 106 are selectively driven to generate local heat, so that a part of the ink 68a provided on one surface of the ink ribbon 68 is attached to the printing tape 22. It is transferred and characters, symbols, etc. are printed on the printing tape 22.
  • the used ink ribbon 68 that has passed through the printing place P is carried into the ribbon case 21 from the carry-in port 132 and wound on the take-up spool 76.
  • the carry-in port 132 is located on the left side of the discharge port 130 and is provided on the third case member 16.
  • the transparent bonding tape 60 is pressed against the printing surface of the printing tape 22 that has passed through the printing location P by the roller 80 to be adhered. As a result, the printed surface of the printing tape 22 is protected by the bonding tape 60.
  • FIG. 15 schematically shows a laminate of the printing tape 22 and the bonding tape 60 sent out from the cassette 10.
  • a bonding tape 60 composed of a transparent film 60a coated with an adhesive 60b on one side is attached to the side to be printed 22a, that is, the printing surface side of the printing tape 22.
  • the ink 68a transferred to the printing surface of the printing tape 22 is protected.
  • the sizes and dimensional ratios of the members 22a to 22c, 60a, 60b, 68a of the laminated body drawn in FIG. 15 are not always accurate.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 16.
  • the bonding tape roll 64, the ink ribbon roll 72, the take-up spool 76, and the roller 80 are housed in the second space S2 between the third case member 16 and the fourth case member 18, that is, in the ribbon case 21. Ribbon.
  • the ribbon case 21 is arranged so as to be overlapped downward with respect to the tape case 20.
  • the printing tape roll 26 and the spacer film 38 housed in the tape case 20 are projected vertically on the projection surface spreading in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction in the second space S2, the printing tape roll 26 and the spacer film 38 are projected.
  • the projected position of 38 is indicated by a single point chain line in FIG.
  • the bonding tape roll 64, the ink ribbon roll 72, and the take-up spool 76 are arranged at positions where they overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the vertical direction. At least a part of the bonding tape roll 64 and at least a part of the bonding tape spool 62 overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the vertical direction. More specifically, a part of the bonding tape roll 64 and a part of the bonding tape spool 62 overlap the printing tape spool 24 and the printing tape 22 wound around the printing tape spool 24 in the vertical direction, respectively.
  • the printing tape roll 26 and the spacer film 38 having substantially the same diameter thereof are at least a part of the bonding tape roll 64 having the bonding tape spool 62, its second rotation center line C2, and at least the ink ribbon roll 72. It overlaps a part and its third rotation center line C3, at least a part of the take-up spool 76 and its fourth rotation center line C4, a recess 99 and at least a part of the recess wall 16c in the vertical direction.
  • the bonded tape roll 64 and its second rotation center line C2, the ink ribbon roll 72 and its third rotation center line C3, are formed in the projection surface.
  • the take-up spool 76 and its fourth rotation center line C4, recess 99 and recess wall 16c are located. Further, at least a part of the recess 99 and the recess wall 16c overlaps the printing tape spool 24 in the vertical direction. Further, in the left-right direction, a part of the printing tape roll 26 and the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 24 are the right end portion 99a and the other side which are the one-side end portions of the recess 99 in the left-right direction. It is located between the left end portion 99b, which is the end portion.
  • first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 24 is located between the discharge port 130 and the right end portion 99a of the recess 99 in the left-right direction.
  • bonding tape spool 62 is located between the right end portion 99a and the left end portion 99b of the recess 99 in the left-right direction.
  • second rotation center line C2 which is also the rotation center of the bonding tape spool 62, is located between the right end portion 99a of the recess 99 and the discharge port 130 in the left-right direction.
  • the distance from the center position M, which is the center of the cassette 10 in the front-rear direction and the center in the left-right direction, to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 26 in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction is the center position M. It is set to be smaller than the distance from the recess 99 to the recess 99.
  • FIG. 17 is a sectional view taken along line XVII-XVII of FIG. In the vertical direction, the distance D between one side (lower side) end of the printing tape roll 26 in the vertical direction and the other side (upper side) end of the bonding tape roll 64 in the vertical direction is the bonding tape 60. Is smaller than the width dimension W1 of. Since the printing tape 22 and the bonding tape 60 have the same width dimension, the distance D is smaller than the width dimension of the printing tape roll 26.
  • FIG. 18 shows a cassette mounting portion 104 provided in a part of the printing apparatus 102 included in the printing system 122.
  • the cassette mounting portion 104 is provided with a rectangular positioning hole 112 for positioning the fitted cassette 10, and a take-up spool drive shaft 108 and a roller drive shaft 110 erected on the lower surface of the positioning hole 112. .
  • the positioning hole 112 functions as an accommodating portion for accommodating a part of the ribbon case 21, which is the lower case of the cassette 10.
  • the take-up spool drive shaft 108 and the roller drive shaft 110 are rotationally driven in the same direction via a gear mechanism by a step motor (not shown).
  • a head holding plate 114 to which a thermal print head (thermal print head) 106 is fixed is erected on the lower surface of the positioning hole 112 of the cassette mounting portion 104, and the platen roller 116 and the pressing roller 118 rotate.
  • a platen holding member 120 provided at the tip end portion is rotatably provided around the base end portion thereof.
  • the head holding plate 114 is, for example, a metal plate made of aluminum, which also serves as a heat sink for the print head.
  • the take-up spool drive shaft 108 and the roller drive shaft 110 erected on the cassette mounting portion 104 are connected to the take-up spool 76 and the roller 80. ..
  • a cover (not shown) of the printing apparatus 102 is closed with the cassette 10 mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104, the platen holding member 120 is rotated around its base end portion, and the platen roller 116 and the pressing roller are rotated. The 118 is pressed against the print head 106 and the roller 80 of the cassette 10.
  • the printing device 102 and the cassette 10 constitute a printing system 122.
  • the print tape roll 26 around which the print tape 22 which is rotatable and is the printing medium is wound, and (b) the print tape 22 with respect to the print tape roll 26.
  • An outer peripheral wall including a second side wall 16b extending in a third direction intersecting the second direction and a concave wall 16c defining a recess 99 extending in the third direction from the second side wall 16b on one side in the second direction.
  • the printing tape roll 26 and the concave wall 16c below the printing tape roll 26 are overlapped in the first direction, that is, in the vertical direction, and at least a part of the concave portion 99 is overlapped with the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction.
  • 10 is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the printing tape 22 is wound around the rotatable printing tape spool 24, and at least a part of the concave wall 16c is the printing tape spool 24 and the first. It overlaps in the direction.
  • the cassette 10 is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the concave wall 16c does not overlap the printing tape spool 24 in the first direction.
  • the cassette 10 of the present embodiment at least a part of the recess 99 overlaps with the printing tape spool 24 in the first direction.
  • the cassette 10 is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than in the case where at least a part of the recess 99 does not overlap the printing tape spool 24 in the first direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape roll 26 is the one side end portion 16a and the other side end portion 16b of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is located between and.
  • the cassette 10 is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than when the recess 99 is not located between the one-side end portion and the other-side end portion in the third direction.
  • the printing tape 22 is wound around the rotatable printing tape spool 24, and in the third direction, at least a part of the printing tape spool 24 is recessed. It is located between one side end and the other side end of 99 in the third direction.
  • the cassette is orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the printing tape spool 24 is not located between the one side end portion 16a and the other side end portion 16b of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 24, is between the discharge port 130 and one end of the recess 99 in the third direction. Is located in.
  • the cassette 10 is orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape spool 24 is not located between the discharge port 130 and one end of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction.
  • the tape case (first case) 20 in which the printing tape roll 26 is housed and the outer peripheral wall 16w are located on the one side of the tape case 20 in the first direction.
  • a ribbon case (second case) 21 is provided, and the ribbon case 21 is a discharge port 130 defined by a second side wall 16b, and is a recess 99 in the third direction and one end portion 16a in the third direction and the other.
  • a discharge port 130 located between the side end portion 16b and the printing tape 22 supplied from the printing tape roll 26 is discharged from the tape case 20 to the recess 99, and the rotation of the printing tape spool 26 in the third direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 which is the center, is located between the discharge port 130 and one end of the recess 99 in the third direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape spool 26 is not located between the discharge port 130 and the one-sided end portion 16a of the recess 99 in the third direction in the third direction. Is also miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the recess 99 overlaps at least a part of the tape case (first case) 20 in the first direction.
  • the cassette is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than in the case where the recess 99 does not overlap with at least a part of the tape case (first case) 20 in the first direction.
  • the ink ribbon 68 located on one side of the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction and used for printing on the printing tape 22 supplied from the printing tape roll 26 is wound.
  • the cassette 10 is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than when at least a part of the supply spool 70 and at least a part of the take-up spool 76 do not overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction. Will be done.
  • the bonding tape 60 located on one side of the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction and bonded to the printing tape 22 is wound around and can be rotated.
  • 64 is provided, and at least a part of the bonding tape roll 64 overlaps the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction.
  • the cassette 10 is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the bonding tape roll 64 does not overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction.
  • the bonding tape roll 64 is configured by winding the bonding tape 60 around the bonding tape spool 62, and the bonding tape spool 62 is in the first direction with the printing tape roll 26. Overlapping in. As a result, the cassette 10 is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than when the bonding tape spool 62 does not overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction.
  • the second rotation center line C2 which is the rotation center of the bonding tape spool 62, is the one-side end portion and the other-side end portion 16b of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is located between and.
  • the cassette 10 is moved up and down as compared with the case where the second rotation center line C2 of the bonding tape spool 62 is not located between the one-side end portion and the other-side end portion 16b of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 26 starts from the center position M which is the center of the cassette 10 in the second direction and the center of the third direction.
  • the distance to is smaller than the distance from the center position M to the recess 99.
  • the cassette 10 is orthogonal in the vertical direction more than when the distance from the center position M of the cassette 10 to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 26 is larger than the distance from the center position M to the recess 99. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction.
  • a printing tape roll 26 around which the printing tape 22 is wound (b) a spacer film 38 that abuts on the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction, and (c).
  • the portion overlaps the spacer film 38 in the first direction.
  • at least a part of the recess 99 overlaps the spacer film 38 in the first direction, so that the cassette 10 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing a non-laminated type cassette 210 that does not use the bonding tape roll 64, which is another embodiment of the present invention, from the front side, that is, the upper surface, and FIG. 20 shows the cassette 210 on the back side, that is, the lower surface. It is a perspective view shown from.
  • the cassette 210 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole, and is detachably attached to a printer configured in the same manner as in FIG. 18 except that the dimensions are slightly different and the roller drive shaft 110 is not provided.
  • the printer will be described using the printing device 102 of FIG.
  • the cassette 210 of the present embodiment is a non-laminated type that does not include the laminating tape roll 64 and the roller 80, it is smaller than the laminated type cassette 10.
  • the cassette 210 is composed of a first case, that is, a tape case 220 composed of a first case member 212 and a second case member 214, and a third case member 216 and a fourth case member 218. It includes two cases, that is, a ribbon case 221.
  • the first case member 212 to the fourth case member 218 are stacked in the vertical direction shown in FIG.
  • the first case member 212, the second case member 214, the third case member 216, and the fourth case member 218 are overlapped with each other and have a plurality of locking claws 227 provided between the outer peripheral walls of each other. They are fixed to each other by engaging with the fixing claw 228 and positioning by the positioning protrusion 229.
  • the upper surface of each case member 212 to 218 is referred to as an upper surface or a front surface
  • the lower surface is referred to as a lower surface or a back surface.
  • the ribbon case 221 is located on one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 220.
  • the ribbon case 221 is located on the lower side, which is one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 220.
  • the tape case 220 rotatably accommodates a printing tape roll 226 in which a printing tape 222, which is a printing medium, is wound in a first space S1 formed inside.
  • the printing tape roll 226 is configured by winding a strip-shaped printing tape 222 around a printing tape spool 224 which is a cylindrical shaft core material.
  • the printing tape 222 is wound so that the width direction of the printing tape 222 is the vertical direction, which is the first direction.
  • the radial direction of the printing tape roll 226 is the front-rear direction and the left-right direction, and the radial direction is an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the orthogonal direction can be rephrased as an arbitrary direction parallel to a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the print tape 222, the print tape spool 224, and the print tape roll 226 correspond to the print medium, the print medium spool, and the print medium roll.
  • the ribbon case 221 rotatably accommodates the ink ribbon roll 272 and the take-up spool 272 in the second space S2 formed inside.
  • the ink ribbon roll 272 is configured by winding a strip-shaped ink ribbon 268 around a take-up spool 276 so that the width direction of the ink ribbon 268 is in the vertical direction.
  • the ink ribbon 268 is used for printing on a strip-shaped printing tape 222.
  • the take-up spool 276 winds up the ink ribbon 268 drawn from the ink ribbon roll 272.
  • a take-up spool support hole 294 is provided on the lower surface of the fourth case member 218 of the cassette 210. From the take-up spool support hole 294, the connecting hole 296 of the take-up spool 276, which will be described later, is exposed.
  • the take-up spool drive shaft 108 provided on the cassette mounting portion 104 is inserted.
  • recesses 299 are formed on the side surfaces of the third case member 216 and the fourth case member 218, that is, a part of the outer peripheral wall 216w of the ribbon case 221 and a part of the outer peripheral wall of the second case member 214. There is.
  • the printing head 106 provided in the cassette mounting portion 104 is inserted into the recess 299.
  • the upper end of the recess 299 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 214.
  • FIG. 21 is a perspective view for explaining the internal configuration of the cassette 210 by separating the first case member 212, the second case member 214, the third case member 216, and the fourth case member 218.
  • FIG. 22 is a front view showing the upper surface side of the first case member 212
  • FIG. 23 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the first case member 212.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing the upper surface side of the second case member 214
  • FIG. 25 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the second case member 214
  • FIG. 26 shows the printing tape 222 from inside the tape case 220 to the ribbon case. It is a cross-sectional view of XXVI-XXVI of FIG. 24 showing a state of being bridged in 221.
  • FIG. 22 is a front view showing the upper surface side of the first case member 212
  • FIG. 23 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the first case member 212.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing the upper surface
  • FIG. 27 is a side view of the second case member 214.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective portion showing the upper surface side of the third case member 216
  • FIG. 29 is a perspective portion showing the lower surface side of the third case member 216.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective portion showing the upper surface side of the fourth case member 218, and
  • FIG. 31 is a bottom view showing the lower surface side of the fourth case member 218.
  • the printing tape roll 226 is rotatably housed around the first rotation center line C1 parallel to the vertical direction.
  • the first case member 212 and the second case member 214 have a rectangular shape, and the first rotation center line C1 is substantially rightward to the center of the first case member 212 and the second case member 214 in the left-right direction, which is the second direction. Moreover, it is located near the center of the front-back direction, which is the third direction.
  • the printing tape 222 is configured by laminating the release tape 222c on the surface of the tape to be printed 222a on the side opposite to the printing surface via the adhesive 222b.
  • a cylindrical first support projection 230 and a first circumferential wall 234 are provided on the lower surface side of the first case member 212.
  • the first support protrusion 230 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 224 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 226.
  • the first circumferential wall 234 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 226.
  • the first support protrusion 230 and the first circumferential wall 234 project downward from the lower surface side of the first case member 212 in a state of having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1. As shown in FIGS.
  • a cylindrical second support protrusion 232 and a second circumferential wall 236 are provided on the upper surface side of the second case member 214.
  • the second support protrusion 232 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 224 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 226.
  • the second circumferential wall 236 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 226.
  • the second support protrusion 232 and the second circumferential wall 236 project upward from the upper surface side of the second case member 214 while having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1.
  • the printing tape roll 226 has a first case member 212 and a second case member 214 in a state where a circular spacer film 238 having an outer diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 226 is interposed above and below the printing tape roll 226, respectively. It is arranged between and.
  • a first circumferential wall is used to pull out the printing tape 222 from the printing tape roll 226 from a fixed position.
  • Printing tape gates 40 and 42 formed by cutting out a part of 234 and the second circumferential wall 236 are formed.
  • a guide wall 248 extending to the left from the printing tape gate 240 is provided to guide the printing tape 222 pulled out from the printing tape roll 226 in a certain direction. It is formed. As shown in FIG.
  • a guide extending from the left end to the left side of the print tape gate 242 in order to guide the print tape 222 pulled out from the print tape roll 226 in a certain direction.
  • a wall 250 is formed.
  • the bottom plate 214a of the second case member 214 extends in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction along between the second circumferential wall 236 and the short side portion 246a and the long side portion 46b of the outer peripheral wall 246.
  • a substantially L-shaped through hole 252 in front view is formed.
  • a plurality of guide ribs 254 are formed between the portion of the second circumferential wall 236 facing the corners of the short side portion 246a and the long side portion 46b and the through hole 252. The plurality of guide ribs 254 guide the print tape 222 unwound from the print tape roll 226 and sent out through the print tape gates 240 and 242 into the through hole 252.
  • FIG. 25 shows the cassette 210 from which the first case member 212 has been removed.
  • the printing tape 222 unwound from the printing tape roll 226 is guided to S2 in the second space between the third case member 216 and the fourth case member 218 through the through hole 252. ..
  • the printing tape 222 is bridged between the tape case 220 and the ribbon case 221 through a through hole 252 formed in a bottom plate 214a that partitions between the first space S1 and the second space S2.
  • the printing tape 222 is obliquely laid from the inside of the tape case 220 into the ribbon case 221 through the through hole 252. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 33 described later, the printing tape 222 extends to the recess 299 of the ribbon case 221.
  • FIG. 27 shows the lower surface side of the second case member 214. As shown in FIG. 27, a through hole 252 is opened on the back surface of the bottom plate 214a of the second case member 214, and a guide wall 256 is erected in the vertical direction along the through hole 252.
  • FIG. 28 shows the upper surface side of the third case member 216.
  • the ceiling plate 216e of the third case member 216 is formed with a through hole 258, an ink ribbon support hole 274, and a take-up spool support hole 278.
  • the through hole 258 is formed at a position corresponding to the through hole 252 of the second case member 214 in order to pass the printing tape 222 drawn out from the printing tape roll 226 to the second space S2. That is, a part of the through hole 252 and a part of the through hole 258 overlap each other in the vertical direction.
  • the bottom plate 214a of the second case member 214 and the ceiling plate 216e of the third case member 216 partition the first space S1 in the tape case 220 and the second space S2 in the ribbon case 221.
  • the ink ribbon support hole 274 rotatably supports the ink ribbon roll 272 around the third rotation center line C3 parallel to the first rotation center line C1 by fitting one end of the supply spool 270 around which the ink ribbon 268 is wound. To do.
  • the take-up spool support hole 278 is a fourth rotation in which one end of the take-up spool 276 that winds up the ink ribbon 268 unwound from the ink ribbon roll 272 is fitted and the take-up spool 276 is parallel to the first rotation center line C1. It is rotatably supported around the center line C4.
  • an ink ribbon roll holding wall 286 and a cylindrical protrusion 288 are formed on the lower surface of the third case member 216.
  • the ink ribbon roll holding wall 286 is centered around the take-up spool support hole 278 around the take-up spool support hole 278 in order to define the arrangement position of the ink ribbon roll of the ink ribbon 268 wound on the take-up spool 276. It is formed in an arc shape.
  • the tip surface of the cylindrical protrusion 288 is formed with irregularities that project downward from the periphery of the ink ribbon support hole 274 and are arranged in the circumferential direction on the tip surface.
  • a clutch spring holder 290 accommodating a clutch spring is interposed between one end of the supply spool 270 around which the ink ribbon 268 is wound and the tip surface of the cylindrical protrusion 288.
  • the supply spool 70 is provided with an appropriate rotational resistance to the ink ribbon roll 72 by the clutch spring in the clutch spring holder 90.
  • a take-up spool support hole 294 that rotatably supports the take-up spool 76 by fitting the other end of the take-up spool 76 on the fourth case member 18 side is formed through the fourth case member 218.
  • the fourth case member 218 is formed with a cylindrical support protrusion 297 that rotatably supports the supply spool 270 by fitting the other end of the supply spool 270.
  • the connecting hole 296 formed on the other end surface of the take-up spool 276 is exposed to the lower surface of the fourth case member 218 through the take-up spool support hole 294 as shown in FIG.
  • the take-up spool drive shaft 108 of the printing device 102 is inserted into the connecting hole 296 and connected to the take-up spool 276, and the take-up spool 276 is connected to the take-up spool drive shaft 108. Is driven to rotate by.
  • FIG. 32 is a sectional view taken along line XXXII-XXXIII of FIG. 24.
  • a third space S3 having a predetermined volume is formed between the tape case 220 and the ribbon case 221, that is, between the bottom plate 214a of the second case member 214 and the ceiling plate 216e of the third case member 216.
  • the ribbon case 221 composed of the third case member 216 and the fourth case member 218 is mounted on the cassette.
  • a part of the outer peripheral wall 216w of the third case member 216 includes a first side wall 216a extending in the front-rear direction orthogonal to the vertical direction, and a second side wall 216a extending in the vertical direction and the left-right direction orthogonal to the front-rear direction.
  • the concave wall 216c includes an inner wall 216h that faces the second side wall 216b in the front-rear direction and extends in the left-right direction, an inner wall 216i that extends rearward from the right end of the inner wall 16h, an inner wall 216j that extends from the rear end of the inner wall 216i to the left, and an inner wall. It is composed of an inner wall 216k extending forward from the left end of 216j.
  • the recess 299 is defined by the second side wall 216b and the recess wall 216c so that the recess 299 extends rearward from the left end of the second side wall 216b and extends laterally behind the second side wall 216b.
  • the fourth case member 218 is formed with a U-shaped notch 218a corresponding to the recessed wall 16c.
  • the recess 299 is formed by the recess wall 216c and the notch 218a.
  • a part of the upper end of the recess 299 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 214. That is, the recess 299 overlaps the second case member 214 and the first case member 212 in the vertical direction.
  • FIG. 33 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 216 when the cassette 10 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102.
  • the printing tape 222 is pulled out from the printing tape roll 226 and diagonally hung from the first space S1 in the tape case 20 to the second space S2 in the ribbon case 221 via the through holes 252 and the through holes 258. Passed. Therefore, in FIG. 33 showing the third case member 216, the printing tape 222 is drawn from the through hole 258 behind the third case member 216.
  • the take-up spool 276 that is rotationally driven by the take-up spool drive shaft 108 winds the ink ribbon 268 to print.
  • the printing tape 222 sandwiched between the head 106 and the platen roller 116 together with the ink ribbon 268 is pulled out from the printing tape roll 226.
  • the path of the printing tape 222 and the path of the ink ribbon 268 drawn from the ink ribbon roll 272 by driving the take-up spool 276 are shown by a two-dot chain line and a broken line, respectively.
  • the printing tape 222 and the ink ribbon 268 are discharged from the discharge port 300 toward the printing place P.
  • the discharge port 300 is defined by the left end portion of the second side wall 216b and the left end portion of the side wall 216h, and is a gap penetrating in the left-right direction.
  • the print tape 222 is pressed against the print head 106 via the ink ribbon 268.
  • a plurality of heat generating elements arranged on the surface of the print head 106 are selectively driven to generate local heat, so that a part of the ink 68a provided on one surface of the ink ribbon 68 is attached to the printing tape 22.
  • the used ink ribbon 268 that has passed through the printing place P is carried into the ribbon case 221 from the carry-in port 302 and wound on the take-up spool 276.
  • the carry-in port 302 is located on the left side of the discharge port 300 and is provided on the third case member 216.
  • FIG. 34 schematically shows a laminated structure of the printing tape 222 sent out from the cassette 210.
  • the printing tape 222 is a laminate of the tape to be printed 222a and the release tape 222c attached to the non-printing surface side of the tape to be printed 222a via an adhesive 222b.
  • the ink 68a from the printing tape 222 is transferred to the printing surface of the tape to be printed 222a.
  • the size, dimensional ratio, and the like of each member of the laminated body drawn in FIG. 34 are not always accurate.
  • FIG. 35 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 216.
  • the ink ribbon roll 272 and the take-up spool 276 are housed in the second space S2 between the third case member 216 and the fourth case member 218, that is, in the ribbon case 221.
  • the ribbon case 221 is arranged so as to be overlapped downward with respect to the tape case 220.
  • the printing tape roll 226 and the spacer film 238 housed in the tape case 220 are projected vertically on the projection surface spreading in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction in the second space S2, the printing tape roll 226 and the spacer film 238 are projected.
  • the projected position of is indicated by a single point chain line in FIG.
  • the spacer film 238 has substantially the same diameter as the printing tape roll 226, only the alternate long and short dash line representing the printing tape roll 226 is shown in FIG. 35.
  • the ink ribbon roll 272 and the take-up spool 276 are arranged at positions where they overlap the printing tape roll 226 in the vertical direction.
  • the printing tape roll 226 and the spacer film 238 having substantially the same diameter thereof are at least a part of the ink ribbon roll 272 and its third rotation center line C3, at least a part of the take-up spool 276 and its fourth rotation center. It overlaps at least a part of the wire C4, the recess 299, and the recess wall 216c in the vertical direction.
  • the printing tape roll 226 and the spacer film 238 are projected in the vertical direction, at least a part of the ink ribbon roll 272 and its third rotation center line C3, and at least a part of the take-up spool 276 are formed in the projection surface.
  • At least a part of the fourth rotation center line C4, the recess 299, and the recess wall 216c is located. Further, at least a part of the recess 299 and the recess wall 216c overlaps the printing tape spool 224 in the vertical direction. Further, in the left-right direction, a part of the printing tape roll 226 and the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 224 are the right end portion 299a and the other side which are the one-side ends of the recess 299 in the left-right direction. It is located between the left end and the left end 299b, which is the end.
  • the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 224 is located between the discharge port 300 and the right end portion 299a of the recess 299 in the left-right direction. Further, in FIG. 35, the distance from the center position M of the cassette 210, which is the center of the cassette 10 in the front-rear direction and the center in the left-right direction, to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 226 in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction is determined. It is set smaller than the distance from the center position M to the recess 299.
  • a print tape roll 226 around which a print tape 222 which is rotatable and a printing medium is wound, and (b) a print tape 222 with respect to the print tape roll 26.
  • the outer peripheral wall 16w located on one side of the first direction, which is the width direction of the above, and the first side wall 216a extending in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction, and the second side wall 216a orthogonal to the first direction.
  • a second side wall 216b extending in a third direction intersecting the direction and a U-shaped concave wall 216c formed so as to extend in the third direction from the second side wall 216b on one side in the second direction to define a recess 299.
  • At least a part of the recess 299 overlaps with the printing tape roll 226 in the first direction.
  • the tape case 220 having the printing tape roll 226 and the ribbon case 221 having the recessed wall 216c are overlapped in the first direction, that is, in the vertical direction, and at least a part of the recessed 299 is in the printing tape roll 226 and the first direction. Since they are stacked, the cassette 210 is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the printing tape roll 224 is formed by winding the printing tape 222 around the rotatable printing tape spool 224, and at least a part of the concave wall 216c is the printing tape spool 224 and the first. It overlaps in the direction.
  • the cassette 210 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the concave wall 216c does not overlap the printing tape spool 226 in the first direction.
  • the cassette 210 of the present embodiment at least a part of the recess 299 overlaps with the printing tape spool 224 in the first direction.
  • the cassette 210 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the recess 299 does not overlap the printing tape spool 224 in the first direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape roll 226, is formed by one side end portion and the other side end portion of the recess 299 in the third direction. It is located in between.
  • the cassette 210 can be downsized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the cassette 210 is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess 299 in the third direction. ..
  • the printing tape 222 is wound around the rotatable printing tape spool 224, and in the third direction, at least a part of the printing tape spool 224 is recessed. It is located between one side end and the other side end of the third direction of 299.
  • the cassette 220 is orthogonal to the vertical direction more than when at least a part of the printing tape spool 224 is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess 299 in the third direction. Miniaturization is possible in the direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 224, is located between the discharge port 300 and the one end of the recess 299 in the third direction. Is located in.
  • the cassette 210 is orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape spool 224 is not located between the discharge port 300 and one end of the recess 299 in the third direction. It is possible to reduce the size in the orthogonal direction.
  • the tape case (first case) 220 containing the printing tape roll 26 and the outer peripheral wall 215 located on the one side of the tape case 220 in the first direction are provided.
  • a ribbon case (second case) 221 is provided, and the ribbon case 221 is a discharge port 300 defined by a second side wall 216b, and is a recess 299 on one side end 216a in the third direction and the other in the third direction.
  • the printing tape 222 supplied from the printing tape roll 226 is provided between the side end portion 216b and the discharge port 300 for discharging the printing tape 222 from the tape case 220 to the recess 299, and the rotation of the printing tape spool 226 in the third direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 which is the center, is located between the discharge port 300 and the one-sided end portion of the recess 299 in the third direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape spool 226 is not located between the discharge port 300 and the one-sided end portion 216a of the recess 299 in the third direction in the third direction.
  • miniaturization is possible in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the recess 299 overlaps at least a part of the tape case (first case) 220 in the first direction.
  • the cassette 210 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the recess 299 does not overlap with at least a part of the first case 210 in the first direction.
  • the ink ribbon 268 located on one side of the printing tape roll 226 in the first direction and used for printing on the printing tape 222 supplied from the printing tape roll 226 is wound.
  • the cassette 210 is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than when at least a part of the supply spool 270 and at least a part of the take-up spool 276 do not overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction. Is possible.
  • the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 226 is started from the center position M which is the center of the cassette 210 in the second direction and the center of the third direction.
  • the distance to is smaller than the distance from the center position M to the recess 299.
  • the cassette 210 is orthogonal in the vertical direction more than the case where the distance from the center position M of the cassette 10 to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 226 is larger than the distance from the center position M to the recess 299. Miniaturization is possible in the orthogonal direction.
  • a printing tape roll 226 around which the printing tape 222 is wound (b) a spacer film 238 that abuts on the printing tape roll 226 in the first direction, and (c).
  • a first side wall of the outer peripheral wall 215 that is a part of the outer peripheral wall 215 located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape sroll 226 and the spacer film 238 and extends in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction.
  • a recess wall 216c formed in a U shape so as to define a recess 299 extending in the third direction on one side of the second direction (left side in FIG. 16), and (d) at least one of the recesses 299.
  • the portion overlaps the spacer film 238 in the first direction.
  • at least a part of the recess 299 overlaps the spacer film 238 in the first direction, so that the cassette 210 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • FIG. 36 is a perspective view showing a heat-sensitive (thermal) type cassette 410 in which the printing tape 422 itself develops color by heat, which is another embodiment of the present invention, from the front side, that is, from the top surface, and FIG. 37 shows the cassette 410. It is a perspective view which shows from the back surface side, that is, the lower surface.
  • the cassette 410 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole, has slightly different dimensions, and does not include the ink ribbon roll 72 and the take-up spool 76, but is detachably mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 configured in the same manner as in FIG. Ribbon. In this case, the cassette mounting portion 104 is not provided with the take-up spool drive shaft 108, and the roller drive shaft 110 is provided so as to project.
  • the cassette 410 of the present embodiment includes a bonding tape roll 464 and a roller 480, but does not include a take-up spool and an ink ribbon roll.
  • the printing tape 422a of the printing tape 422 provided in the cassette 410 is made of a heat-sensitive paper that receives heat and develops its own color.
  • the cassette 410 is composed of a first case, that is, a tape case 420, which is composed of a first case member 412 and a second case member 414, and a third case member 416 and a fourth case member 418.
  • a second case that is, a ribbon case 421 is provided.
  • the tape case 420 includes a printing tape roll 426 in the first space S1 formed therein.
  • the ribbon case 421 is attached so as to be located on the lower side of the tape case 420, and the bonding tape roll 464 is provided in the second space S2 formed inside.
  • the first case member 412, the second case member 414, the third case member 416, and the fourth case member 418 are overlapped with each other and have a plurality of locking claws 427 provided between the outer peripheral walls of each other. They are fixed to each other by engaging with the fixing claw 428 and positioning by the positioning protrusion 429.
  • the upper surface of each case member 412 to 418 is referred to as an upper surface or a front surface
  • the lower surface is referred to as a lower surface or a back surface.
  • the ribbon case 421 is located on one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 420.
  • the ribbon case 421 is located on the lower side, which is one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 420.
  • the tape case 240 rotatably accommodates a printing tape roll 426 in which a printing tape 422, which is a printing medium, is wound in a first space S1 formed inside.
  • the printing tape roll 426 is configured by winding a strip-shaped printing tape 422 around a printing tape spool 424 which is a cylindrical shaft core material.
  • the printing tape 422 is wound so that the width direction of the printing tape 22 is the vertical direction, which is the first direction.
  • the radial direction of the printing tape roll 426 is the front-rear direction and the left-right direction, and the radial direction is an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the orthogonal direction can be rephrased as an arbitrary direction parallel to a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the print tape 422, the print tape spool 424, and the print tape roll 426 correspond to the print medium, the print medium spool, and the print medium roll.
  • the ribbon case 421 rotatably accommodates the bonded tape roll 464 in the second space S2 formed inside.
  • the band-shaped bonding tape 460 bonded to the printed printing tape 422 is wound around the bonding tape spool 462 so that the width direction of the bonding tape 460 is in the vertical direction. ..
  • the fourth case member 418 of the cassette 410 is provided with a roller exposed hole 498.
  • the shaft end of the roller 480 which will be described later, is exposed from the roller exposed hole 498.
  • the roller drive shaft 110 provided on the cassette mounting portion 104 is inserted into the shaft end.
  • recesses 499 are formed on the side surfaces of the third case member 416 and the fourth case member 418, that is, a part of the outer peripheral wall 416w of the ribbon case 421 and a part of the outer peripheral wall of the second case member 414. ..
  • the print head 106 provided in the cassette mounting portion 104 is inserted into the recess 499.
  • the upper end of the recess 99 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 14.
  • FIG. 38 is a perspective view illustrating the internal configuration of the cassette 410 by separating the first case member 412, the second case member 414, the third case member 416, and the fourth case member 418.
  • 39 and 40 show the upper surface side and the lower surface side of the first case member 412, and are configured in the same manner as the first case member 212 of the cassette 210 of the second embodiment.
  • 41 and 42 show the upper surface side and the lower surface side of the second case member 414, and are configured in the same manner as the first case member 212 of the cassette 210 of the second embodiment.
  • the upper surface side of the first case member 412 is configured as shown in FIG. 22, and the lower surface side of the first case member 412 is configured as shown in FIG. 23.
  • 43 and 44 are views showing the upper surface side and the lower surface side of the third case member 216.
  • 45 and 45 are views showing the upper surface side and the lower surface side of the fourth case member 418.
  • the printing tape roll 426 is rotatably housed around the first rotation center line C1 parallel to the vertical direction.
  • the first case member 412 and the second case member 414 have a rectangular shape, and the first rotation center line C1 is substantially to the right of the center of the first case member 412 and the second case member 414 in the left-right direction, which is the second direction. Moreover, it is located near the center of the front-back direction, which is the third direction.
  • the printed tape 422a is made of a heat-sensitive material that self-colors, for example, black when heated, and a locally colored region 422d is shown in a part of the printed tape 422a. Has been done.
  • a cylindrical first support protrusion 430 and a first circumferential wall 434 are provided on the lower surface side of the first case member 412.
  • the first support protrusion 430 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 424 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 426.
  • the first circumferential wall 434 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 426.
  • the first support protrusion 430 and the first circumferential wall 434 project downward from the lower surface side of the first case member 412 while having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1.
  • a cylindrical second support protrusion 432 and a second circumferential wall 436 are provided on the upper surface side of the second case member 414.
  • the second support protrusion 432 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 424 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 426.
  • the second circumferential wall 436 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 426.
  • the second support protrusion 432 and the second circumferential wall 436 project upward from the upper surface side of the second case member 414 in a state of having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1.
  • the printing tape roll 426 has a first case member 412 and a second case member 414 in a state where a circular spacer film 438 having an outer diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 426 is interposed above and below the printing tape roll 426, respectively. It is arranged between and.
  • the bottom plate 414a of the second case member 414 extends in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction along between the second circumferential wall 436 and the short side portion 446a and the long side portion 446b of the outer peripheral wall 446.
  • a substantially L-shaped through hole 452 in front view is formed.
  • a plurality of guide ribs 454 are formed between the portion of the second circumferential wall 436 facing the corners of the short side portion 446a and the long side portion 446b and the through hole 452. The plurality of guide ribs 454 are unwound from the printing tape roll 426 and guide the printing tape 422 into the through hole 452.
  • the printing tape 422 is bridged between the tape case 420 and the ribbon case 421 through the through hole 452 formed in the bottom plate 414a that functions as a partition wall between the first space S1 and the second space S2.
  • the bottom plate 414a of the second case member 414 and the ceiling plate 416e of the third case member 416 partition the first space S1 in the tape case 420 and the second space S2 in the ribbon case 421. ..
  • a bonding roll holding wall 486 and a cylindrical protrusion 488 are formed on the lower surface of the third case member 416.
  • the bonding roll holding wall 486 defines the arrangement position of the bonding tape roll 464.
  • the cylindrical protrusion 488 is fitted with a laminating tape spool 462 of the laminating tape roll 464 and rotatably supports it.
  • the laminating roll holding wall 486 is formed in an arc shape concentric with the cylindrical protrusion 488 to hold the laminating tape spool 462.
  • the fourth case member 418 is formed with a bonding tape spool support hole 494 penetrating in the vertical direction.
  • the bonding tape spool support hole 494 is rotatably supported by fitting the end portion of the bonding tape spool 462 on the fourth case member 218 side.
  • a roller exposed hole 498 is formed in the fourth case member 418 so as to penetrate in the vertical direction.
  • the roller exposed hole 498 fits the end of the roller 480 on the fourth case member 218 side to rotatably support it, and exposes the shaft end of the roller 480 on the fourth case member 218 side to expose the roller 480.
  • the roller drive shaft 110 can be connected.
  • a part of the outer peripheral wall 416w of the third case member 416 includes a first side wall 416a extending in the front-rear direction orthogonal to the vertical direction, and a second side wall 416a extending in the vertical direction and the left-right direction orthogonal to the front-rear direction.
  • the concave wall 416c includes an inner wall 416h that faces the second side wall 416b in the front-rear direction and extends in the left-right direction, an inner wall 416i that extends rearward from the right end of the inner wall 416h, an inner wall 416j that extends from the rear end of the inner wall 416i to the left, and an inner wall. It is composed of an inner wall 416k extending forward from the left end of the 416j.
  • the second side wall 416b and the recessed wall 416c define the recess 499 to extend rearward from the left end of the second side wall 416b and to extend laterally behind the second side wall 416b.
  • the fourth case member 418 is formed with a U-shaped notch 418a corresponding to the concave wall 416c.
  • the recess 499 is formed by the recess wall 416c and the notch 418a.
  • a part of the upper end of the recess 499 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 414. That is, the recess 299 overlaps the second case member 414 and the first case member 412 in the vertical direction.
  • FIG. 47 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 416 when the cassette 10 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102.
  • the printing tape 422 is pulled out from the printing tape roll 426 and is obliquely bridged from the first space S1 in the tape case 420 to the second space S2 in the ribbon case 421 through the through holes 452 and the through holes 458. Therefore, in FIG. 47 showing the third case member 416, the printing tape 422 is drawn from the through hole 458 behind the third case member 416.
  • the roller 480 rotationally driven by the roller drive shaft 110 conveys the printing tape 422 and the bonding tape 460 while sandwiching them.
  • the print tape 422 is pulled out from the print tape roll 426 between the print head 106 and the platen roller 116, and is discharged from the discharge port 500.
  • the path of the printing tape 422 and the path of the bonding tape 460 are shown by a two-dot chain line and a broken line, respectively.
  • the roller 480 (not shown) is rotationally driven, the printing tape 422 is pulled out from the discharge port 500 toward the printing place P, and the bonding tape 460 is overlapped by the roller 480.
  • the discharge port 500 is defined by the left end portion of the second side wall 416b and the left end portion of the side wall 416h, and is a gap penetrating in the left-right direction.
  • the printing tape 422 is pressed against the printing head 106.
  • a plurality of heat generating elements arranged on the surface of the print head 106 are selectively driven to generate heat locally, so that the printed tape 422a of the printing tape 422 self-colors, and characters and symbols on the printing tape 422. Etc. are printed.
  • FIG. 48 schematically shows a laminated structure of the printing tape 422 sent out from the cassette 410.
  • the printing tape 422 is a laminate of the tape to be printed 422a and the release tape 422c attached to the non-printing surface side of the tape to be printed 422a via the adhesive 422b.
  • a local color development region 422d is formed on the tape to be printed 422a.
  • a transparent film 460a of the bonding tape 460 is laminated on the tape to be printed 422a as a base material of the printing tape 422 via an adhesive 460b.
  • FIG. 49 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 416.
  • the bonding tape roll 464 is housed in the second space S2 between the third case member 416 and the fourth case member 418, that is, in the ribbon case 421.
  • the ribbon case 421 is arranged so as to overlap the tape case 420 downward.
  • the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film 438 housed in the tape case 420 are projected in the vertical direction on the projection surface extending in the rearward and horizontal directions in the second space S2, the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film are projected.
  • the projected position of 438 is indicated by a single point chain line in FIG.
  • the spacer film 438 has substantially the same diameter as the printing tape roll 426, only the alternate long and short dash line representing the printing tape roll 426 is shown in FIG. 49.
  • the bonding tape roll 464 is arranged at a position where it overlaps with the printing tape roll 426 in the vertical direction.
  • At least a part of the bonded tape roll 464 and the second rotation center line C2 overlap the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film 438 in the vertical direction. That is, at least a part of the bonding tape roll 464 and the second rotation center line C2 are located in the projection plane of the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film 438 in the vertical direction.
  • the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film 438 having substantially the same diameter thereof are vertically and vertically connected to at least a part of the bonded tape roll 464 and the second rotation center line C2, and at least a part of the recess 499 and the recess wall 416c.
  • the directions overlap.
  • the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film 438 are projected in the vertical direction, at least a part of the bonded tape roll 464 and at least a part of the second rotation center line C2, the recess 499 and the recess wall 416c are in the projection surface. Is located. Further, at least a part of the recess 499 and the recess wall 416c overlaps the printing tape spool 424 in the vertical direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the print tape roll 426 and the print tape spool 424 is located at the right end portion 499a and the other end portion which are the left-right end portions of the recess 499 in the left-right direction. It is located between a certain left end 499b. Further, the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 426 is located between the discharge port 500 and the right end portion 499a of the recess 499 in the left-right direction. Further, in FIG.
  • the distance from the center position M of the cassette 410, which is the center of the cassette 410 in the front-rear direction and the center in the left-right direction, to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 426 in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction is determined. It is set smaller than the distance from the center position M to the recess 499.
  • a rotatable and printable printing tape 422 is wound around the cassette 410.
  • the first side wall 416a extending in the first direction
  • the second side wall 4216b extending in the third direction orthogonal to the first direction and intersecting the second direction, and the third direction on one side of the second side wall 4216b from the second side wall 4216b.
  • the cassette 410 is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the printing tape roll 424 is formed by winding the printing tape 422 around the rotatable printing tape spool 424, and at least a part of the concave wall 416c is the printing tape spool 424 and the first. It overlaps in the direction.
  • the cassette 410 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the concave wall 416c does not overlap the printing tape spool 426 in the first direction.
  • the cassette 410 of the present embodiment at least a part of the recess 499 overlaps with the printing tape spool 424 in the first direction.
  • the cassette 410 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the recess 499 does not overlap the printing tape spool 424 in the first direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape roll 426 is formed by one side end portion and the other side end portion of the recess 499 in the third direction. It is located in between.
  • the cassette 410 can be downsized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the recess 249 is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the third direction. ..
  • the printing tape 422 is wound around the rotatable printing tape spool 424, and in the third direction, at least a part of the printing tape spool 424 is recessed. It is located between one side end and the other side end of the third direction of 499.
  • the cassette has an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the printing tape spool 424 is not located between one side end portion and the other side end portion in the third direction of the recess 499. Can be miniaturized in.
  • the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 424, is between the discharge port 500 and one end of the recess 499 in the third direction. Is located in.
  • the cassette 410 is orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape spool 424 is not located between the discharge port 500 and one end of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is possible to reduce the size in the orthogonal direction.
  • the recess 299 overlaps at least a part of the tape case (first case) 420 in the first direction.
  • the cassette 410 can be downsized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the recess 299 does not overlap with at least a part of the first case 210 in the first direction.
  • the bonding tape 460 located on one side of the printing tape roll 426 in the first direction and bonded to the printing tape 422 is wound around and rotatable. It comprises 264, and at least a part of the bonding tape roll 464 overlaps the printing tape roll 426 in the first direction.
  • the cassette 410 can be downsized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction, as compared with the case where at least a part of the bonding tape roll 464 does not overlap the printing tape roll 426 in the first direction.
  • the bonding tape roll 464 is configured by winding the bonding tape 260 around the bonding tape spool 462, and the bonding tape spool 462 is the printing tape roll 426 and the first direction. Overlapping in.
  • the cassette 410 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the bonding tape spool 462 does not overlap the printing tape roll 426 in the first direction.
  • the second rotation center line C2 which is the rotation center of the bonding tape spool 462 is the one-side end portion and the other-side end portion 416b of the recess 499 in the third direction. It is located between and.
  • the cassette 410 is moved up and down as compared with the case where the second rotation center line C2 of the bonding tape spool 462 is not located between one side end portion and the other side end portion 416b of the recess 499 in the third direction. Miniaturization is possible in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the direction.
  • the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 426 is started from the center position M which is the center of the cassette 410 in the second direction and the center of the third direction.
  • the distance to is smaller than the distance from the center position M to the recess 499.
  • the cassette 410 is orthogonal in the vertical direction more than the case where the distance from the center position M of the cassette 410 to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 426 is larger than the distance from the center position M to the recess 499. Miniaturization is possible in the orthogonal direction.
  • a printing tape roll 426 around which the printing tape 422 is wound (b) a spacer film 438 that abuts on the printing tape roll 426 in the first direction, and (c).
  • a first side wall of the outer peripheral wall 215 that is a part of the outer peripheral wall 415 located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape sroll 426 and the spacer film 438 and extends in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction.
  • the portion overlaps the spacer film 438 in the first direction.
  • at least a part of the recess 499 overlaps the spacer film 438 in the first direction, so that the cassette 410 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
  • the cassette 510 of the present embodiment includes only the printing tape roll 526. Similar to the printing tape 422 of the third embodiment, the printing tape 522 of the printing tape roll 526 of the present embodiment has a release tape 522c as an adhesive on the surface of the tape to be printed 522a as a base material opposite to the printing surface. It is configured by being laminated via 522b.
  • FIG. 53 shows the printed printing tape 522 sent out from the cassette 510. Similar to the printing tape 422 of the third embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the printing tape 522 of the present embodiment includes a printing tape 522a as a base material made of a heat-sensitive material that self-colors, for example, black when heated, and a printing tape 522a. It is composed of a release tape 522c laminated on the sticking surface of the above via an adhesive 522b. A local coloring region 522d formed by local heating is shown on a part of the tape to be printed 522a.
  • the cassette 510 of the present embodiment includes the first case member 212, the second case member 214, the third case member 216, and the fourth case member 218 of the cassette 210 of FIG. 21 of the second embodiment.
  • the ink ribbon 268 is wound around the supply spool 270. It differs from the cassette 210 in that it does not include the ink ribbon roll 272 and the take-up spool 276 for winding the ink ribbon 268.
  • the third case member 516 of the cassette 510 is the same as the concave wall 216c forming the first side wall 216a, the second side wall 216b, and the concave portion 299 of the third case member 216 of the cassette 210. Since the first side wall 516a, the second side wall 516b, and the recess wall 516c forming the recess 599 are provided, the same effect as that of the cassette 210 can be obtained.
  • the cassettes 10, 210, 410, and 510 of the above-described embodiment are the first case member 12, 212, 412, 512, the second case member 14, 214, 414, 514, and the third case member 16, 216, 416, 516.
  • And four case members 18, 218, 416, and 516 are stacked in the vertical direction, but the cassette 10 is not limited to this configuration.
  • the cassettes 10, 210, 410, and 510 are the first case members 12, 212, 416, 516, the fifth case member 501, and the fourth case members 18, 218, 418, and 518.
  • the case members may be laminated in the vertical direction.
  • the fifth case member 501 has through holes 502 that penetrate vertically corresponding to the through holes 52, 58 and the like of the above embodiment, and partitions the first space S1 and the second space S2.
  • the upper surface side of the fifth case member 501 has the same shape as the upper surface side of the second case members 14, 214, 414, 514, and the lower surface side is the lower surface side of the third case members 16, 216, 416, 516. It should be configured in the same shape.
  • the first case member 12, 212, 414, 514 and the fifth case member 501 form a first case having the first space S1 inside
  • a second case having a second space S2 inside is configured by 18, 218.
  • the recesses 99, 299, 499, and 599 show a shape surrounded by U-shaped recessed walls 16c, 216c, 416c, and 516c, but the shape is not limited to this shape. For example, it may be a circular recess.
  • the printing tape roll, the bonding tape roll, the ink ribbon roll and the take-up spool of the above-described embodiment are provided with their diameters horizontal with respect to the front-rear direction and the left-right direction, but these are provided horizontally. It does not have to be.
  • the first direction which is the width direction of the printing tape
  • the second direction orthogonal to the first direction, which is the width direction of the printing tape, and the third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction are the front-back direction and the left-right direction of the above-described embodiment, respectively. It goes in a different direction.
  • the arrangement of the printing tape roll, the bonding tape roll, the ink ribbon roll, and the take-up spool is not limited to the position shown in the above embodiment.
  • the bonding tape roll 64 may be arranged on the right side of the take-up spool 76, or the take-up spool 76 may be arranged on the front side of the ink ribbon roll 72.
  • the recess 99, the bonding tape roll 64, the supply spool 70, and the take-up spool 76 are all arranged at positions where they overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the vertical direction, but the configuration is not limited to this. At least the recess 99 may be arranged at a position where it overlaps the printing tape roll 26 in the vertical direction. Similarly, in the second to fourth embodiments, at least the recesses may be arranged at positions where they overlap with the printing tape roll in the vertical direction.
  • the concave portion or the concave wall overlaps the printing tape spool in the vertical direction, but at least the concave portion or the concave wall overlaps the printing tape wound around the printing tape spool in the vertical direction. Just do it.
  • the printing tape rolls of the above-described embodiments 1 to 4 are configured by winding the printing tape around the printing tape spool which is a cylindrical shaft core material, but the printing tape is wound around the printing tape spool.
  • the printing tape roll may be formed by winding around the first support protrusion and the second support protrusion.
  • the bonding tape 60 is wound around the bonding tape spool 62 without being wound, and the outer circumference of the bonding tape 60 is defined and arranged by the bonding tape roll holding wall 84 and the arcuate wall 92. You may.

Landscapes

  • Impression-Transfer Materials And Handling Thereof (AREA)
  • Printers Characterized By Their Purpose (AREA)
  • Handling Of Continuous Sheets Of Paper (AREA)

Abstract

A cassette is provided of which size can be reduced in a direction orthogonal to an up-down direction. The cassette comprises a ribbon case 21 provided with a first side wall 16a extending in a second direction which is orthogonal to a first direction, a second side wall 16b extending in a third direction which is orthogonal to the first direction and intersecting the second direction, and a recessed portion wall 16c extending in one of the ways in the second direction from the second wall 16b and extending in the third direction from the second wall 16b in one of the ways in the second direction to define a recessed portion 99. At least part of the recessed portion 99 overlaps a print tape roll 26 in the first direction. Accordingly, a tape case 20 provided with the print tape roll 26 and a ribbon case 21 provided with the recessed portion wall 16c are overlaid in the first direction, that is, the up-down direction, and at least part of the recessed portion 99 overlaps the print tape roll 26 in the first direction. Accordingly, the cassette 10 is reduced in size in the orthogonal direction which is orthogonal to the up-down direction.

Description

カセットcassette
 本発明は、印刷装置に脱着可能に装着されるカセットに関するものである。 The present invention relates to a cassette that is detachably attached to a printing apparatus.
 従来、テープと、テープに印刷を行うためのインクリボンとを備えたカセットが知られている。例えば特許文献1に記載のインクリボンカートリッジは、リボンカートリッジと印刷シートカートリッジとを備える。リボンカートリッジの中には、インクリボンと、インクリボンを巻き取るための巻取軸とが収容される。印刷シートカートリッジの中には、印刷シートが収容される。印刷シートカートリッジの外周壁には、複数のセット爪が設けられる。複数のセット爪がリボンカートリッジと係合することで、印刷シートカートリッジは、リボンカートリッジの上方に重ね合わされて、リボンカートリッジと一体化される。リボンカートリッジには、プリンタのヘッドが挿入されるヘッド開口部が設けられる。印刷シートカートリッジのうち印刷シートのロールに対してヘッド開口部とは反対の位置には、印刷シートが通過するシート開口部が設けられる。印刷シートは、ロールから引き出された後、シート開口部を介して印刷シートカートリッジの外に出される。その後、印刷シートは、印刷シートカートリッジの外周壁の周りを通ってヘッド開口部を通過する。ヘッド開口部では、印刷シートとインクリボンとが互いに重ね合されて、プリンタのヘッドによって印刷が行われる。印刷された印刷シートは、ヘッド開口部側のセット爪によって、印刷シートを排出するためのフィルムゲートへ案内される。印刷に用いられたインクリボンは、巻取軸によって巻き取られる。 Conventionally, a cassette equipped with a tape and an ink ribbon for printing on the tape is known. For example, the ink ribbon cartridge described in Patent Document 1 includes a ribbon cartridge and a printing sheet cartridge. The ink ribbon and a winding shaft for winding the ink ribbon are housed in the ribbon cartridge. The print sheet is housed in the print sheet cartridge. A plurality of set claws are provided on the outer peripheral wall of the printing sheet cartridge. When the plurality of set claws engage with the ribbon cartridge, the printing sheet cartridge is superposed on the ribbon cartridge and integrated with the ribbon cartridge. The ribbon cartridge is provided with a head opening into which the printer head is inserted. A sheet opening through which the printing sheet passes is provided at a position of the printing sheet cartridge opposite to the head opening with respect to the roll of the printing sheet. After being pulled out of the roll, the print sheet is taken out of the print sheet cartridge through the sheet opening. The print sheet then passes around the outer peripheral wall of the print sheet cartridge and passes through the head opening. At the head opening, the print sheet and the ink ribbon are superposed on each other, and printing is performed by the head of the printer. The printed print sheet is guided to the film gate for ejecting the print sheet by the set claw on the head opening side. The ink ribbon used for printing is wound by a winding shaft.
実開昭63-156762号公報Jitsukaisho 63-156762
 上記インクリボンカートリッジは、リボンカートリッジと印刷シートカートリッジとが並ぶ方向、すなわち上下方向において異なる位置にインクリボンとヘッド開口部とを設けることで、上下方向に直交する直交方向においてカートリッジを小型化する。カセットでは、上下方向に直交する直交方向に更なる小型化が要求される。 The ink ribbon cartridge is miniaturized in the direction orthogonal to the vertical direction by providing the ink ribbon and the head opening at different positions in the direction in which the ribbon cartridge and the printing sheet cartridge are lined up, that is, in the vertical direction. The cassette is required to be further miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
 本発明は以上の事情を背景として為されたものであり、その目的とするところは、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化することができるカセットを提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in the background of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a cassette that can be miniaturized in an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
 第1発明の要旨とするところは、(a)回転可能であり、被印刷媒体である印刷テープが巻回された印刷テープロールと、(b)前記印刷テープロールに対して、前記印刷テープの幅方向である第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁であって、前記第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁と、前記第1方向に直交し、且つ、前記第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁と、前記第2側壁から前記第2方向の一方に延びる凹部であって前記第2側壁よりも前記第2方向の一方側において前記第3方向に延びる前記凹部を規定する凹部壁と、を備える前記外周壁と、を備え、(c)前記凹部の少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なることにある。 The gist of the first invention is (a) a print tape roll on which a print tape which is rotatable and is a printing medium is wound, and (b) a print tape roll with respect to the print tape roll. An outer peripheral wall located on one side of the first direction in the width direction, the first side wall extending in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction, and the second side wall orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction. A second side wall extending in the third direction intersecting with the second side wall and a recess extending from the second side wall in one of the second directions and extending in the third direction on one side of the second side wall with respect to the second side wall. The outer peripheral wall including the recess wall defining the recess is provided, and (c) at least a part of the recess is to overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction.
 第2発明の要旨とするところは、第1発明において、前記印刷テープロールは、回転可能な印刷テープスプールに前記印刷テープが巻回されてなり、前記凹部壁の少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープスプールと前記第1方向に重なることにある。 The gist of the second invention is that, in the first invention, the printing tape roll is formed by winding the printing tape around a rotatable printing tape spool, and at least a part of the recessed wall is the printing tape. It overlaps the spool in the first direction.
 第3発明の要旨とするところは、第2発明において、前記凹部の少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープスプールと前記第1方向に重なることにある。 The gist of the third invention is that, in the second invention, at least a part of the recess overlaps with the printing tape spool in the first direction.
 第4発明の要旨とするところは、第1発明から第3発明のいずれか1の発明において、前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープロールの回転中心は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置することにある。 The gist of the fourth invention is that in any one of the first to third inventions, in the third direction, the center of rotation of the printing tape roll is one side of the recess in the third direction. It is located between one end and the other end.
 第5発明の要旨とするところは、第1発明から第4発明のいずれか1の発明において、前記印刷テープロールは、回転可能な印刷テープスプールに前記印刷テープが巻回されてなり、前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープスプールの少なくとも一部は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置することにある。 The gist of the fifth invention is that, in any one of the first to fourth inventions, the printing tape roll is formed by winding the printing tape around a rotatable printing tape spool. In three directions, at least a portion of the printing tape spool is located between the recessed portion on one side and the other end in the third direction.
 第6発明の要旨とするところは、第5発明において、前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープスプールの回転中心は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の前記一方側端部と前記他方側端部との間に位置することにある。 The gist of the sixth invention is that in the fifth invention, in the third direction, the center of rotation of the printing tape spool is the recessed portion in the third direction with the one-sided end and the other-sided end. It is located between.
 第7発明の要旨とするところは、第5発明又は第6発明において、前記印刷テープロールが収容された第1ケースと、前記第1ケースに対して前記第1方向の前記一方側に位置し、前記外周壁を有する第2ケースと、を備え、前記第2ケースは、前記第2側壁により規定される排出口であって、前記第3方向において前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置し、前記印刷テープロールから供給される前記印刷テープが前記第2ケースから前記凹部に排出される前記排出口を備え、前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープスプールの回転中心は、前記排出口と前記凹部の前記第3方向の前記一方側端部との間に位置することにある。 The gist of the seventh invention is that in the fifth or sixth invention, the first case in which the printing tape roll is housed and the one side of the first case in the first direction are located. The second case includes a second case having the outer peripheral wall, and the second case is a discharge port defined by the second side wall, and is one side end of the recess in the third direction in the third direction. The printing tape, which is located between the portion and the other end portion, is provided with the discharge port from which the printing tape supplied from the printing tape roll is discharged from the second case to the recess, and the printing is performed in the third direction. The center of rotation of the tape spool is located between the outlet and the one-sided end of the recess in the third direction.
 第8発明の要旨とするところは、第7発明において、前記凹部は、前記第1ケースの少なくとも一部と前記第1方向に重なることにある。 The gist of the eighth invention is that in the seventh invention, the recess overlaps at least a part of the first case in the first direction.
 第9発明の要旨とするところは、第1発明から第8発明のいずれか1の発明において、前記印刷テープロールに対して前記第1方向の一方側に位置し、前記印刷テープロールから供給される前記印刷テープへの印刷に使用されるインクリボンが巻回され、回転可能な供給スプールと、前記印刷テープロールに対して前記第1方向の一方側に位置し、前記供給スプールから供給される前記インクリボンを巻き取るように回転可能な巻取スプールと、を備え、前記供給スプールの少なくとも一部及び前記巻取スプールの少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なることにある。 The gist of the ninth invention is that in any one of the first to eighth inventions, it is located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll and is supplied from the printing tape roll. The ink ribbon used for printing on the printing tape is wound and is located on one side of the rotatable supply spool and the printing tape roll in the first direction and is supplied from the supply spool. A take-up spool that is rotatable so as to take up the ink ribbon is provided, and at least a part of the supply spool and at least a part of the take-up spool overlap with the printing tape roll in the first direction. is there.
 第10発明の要旨とするところは、第1発明から第9発明のいずれか1の発明において、前記印刷テープロールに対して前記第1方向の一方側に位置し、前記印刷テープに貼り合わされる貼合せテープが巻回され、回転可能な貼合せテープロールを備え、前記貼合せテープロールの少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なることにある。 The gist of the tenth invention is that, in any one of the first to ninth inventions, the present invention is located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll and is attached to the printing tape. The laminating tape is wound and includes a rotatable laminating tape roll, wherein at least a portion of the laminating tape roll overlaps the printing tape roll in the first direction.
 第11発明の要旨とするところは、第10発明において、前記貼合せテープロールは、前記貼合せテープが貼合せテープスプールに巻回されて構成され、前記貼合せテープスプールは、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向において重なることにある。 The gist of the eleventh invention is that, in the tenth invention, the laminating tape roll is configured by winding the laminating tape around a laminating tape spool, and the laminating tape spool is the printing tape roll. And overlap in the first direction.
 第12発明の要旨とするところは、第11発明において、前記第3方向において、前記貼合せテープスプールの回転中心は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置することにある。 The gist of the twelfth invention is that, in the eleventh invention, in the third direction, the center of rotation of the bonding tape spool is the recessed portion in one side end portion and the other side end portion in the third direction. It is to be located in between.
 第13発明の要旨とするところは、第1発明から第12発明のいずれか1の発明において、前記第2方向及び前記第3方向において、前記カセットの前記第2方向の中心且つ前記第3方向の中心である中心位置から前記印刷テープロールの回転中心までの距離は、前記中心位置から前記凹部までの距離よりも小さいことにある。 The gist of the thirteenth invention is that in any one of the first to twelfth inventions, in the second direction and the third direction, the center of the cassette in the second direction and the third direction. The distance from the center position, which is the center of the printing tape roll, to the rotation center of the printing tape roll is smaller than the distance from the center position to the recess.
 第14発明の要旨とするところは、(a)前記印刷テープが巻回された印刷テープロールと、(b)前記印刷テープの幅方向である第1方向において、前記印刷テープロールに当接するスペーサフィルムと、(c)前記印刷テープロール及び前記スペーサフィルムに対して、前記第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁であって、前記第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁と、前記第1方向に直交し、且つ、前記第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁と、前記第2側壁から前記第2方向の一方に延びる凹部であって、前記第2側壁よりも前記第2方向の一方側において前記第3方向に延びる前記凹部を規定する凹部壁と、を備える外周壁と、を備え、(d)前記凹部の少なくとも一部は、前記スペーサフィルムと前記第1方向に重なることにある。 The gist of the fourteenth invention is (a) a printing tape roll around which the printing tape is wound, and (b) a spacer that abuts on the printing tape roll in the first direction which is the width direction of the printing tape. A film and (c) an outer peripheral wall located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll and the spacer film, and a first side wall extending in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction. A second side wall extending in a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and intersecting the second direction, and a recess extending from the second side wall to one of the second directions, the second side wall. A recess wall that defines the recess extending in the third direction on one side of the second direction is provided, and (d) at least a part of the recess is the spacer film and the recess. It is to overlap in the first direction.
 第1発明のカセットによれば、(a)回転可能であり、被印刷媒体である印刷テープが巻回された印刷テープロールと、(b)前記印刷テープロールに対して、前記印刷テープの幅方向である第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁であって、前記第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁と、前記第1方向に直交し、且つ、前記第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁と、前記第2側壁から前記第2方向の一方に延びる凹部であって前記第2側壁よりも前記第2方向の一方側において前記第3方向に延びる前記凹部を規定する凹部壁と、を備える前記外周壁と、を備え、(c)前記凹部の少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なっている。これにより、印刷テープロールを備えた第1ケースと凹部壁を備える前記第2ケースとが第1方向すなわち上下方向において重ねられ、凹部の少なくとも一部が前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重ねられているので、カセットは第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される According to the cassette of the first invention, (a) a print tape roll around which a print tape that is rotatable and a printing medium is wound, and (b) the width of the print tape with respect to the print tape roll. An outer peripheral wall located on one side of the first direction, which is a direction, and extends in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction, and a first side wall orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction. The second side wall extending in the intersecting third direction and the recess extending from the second side wall in one of the second directions and extending in the third direction on one side of the second side wall with respect to the second side wall. It comprises a recessed wall that defines a recess and an outer peripheral wall that comprises (c) at least a portion of the recess that overlaps the printing tape roll in the first direction. As a result, the first case provided with the printing tape roll and the second case provided with the concave wall are overlapped in the first direction, that is, in the vertical direction, and at least a part of the concave portion is overlapped with the printing tape roll in the first direction. The cassette is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction.
 第2発明のカセットによれば、前記印刷テープロールは、回転可能な印刷テープスプールに前記テープが巻回されてなり、前記凹部壁の少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープスプールと前記印刷テープの幅方向である第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセットは、凹部壁の少なくとも一部が印刷テープスプールと前記第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the second invention, the printing tape roll is formed by winding the tape around a rotatable printing tape spool, and at least a part of the recessed wall is the width of the printing tape spool and the printing tape. It overlaps with the first direction, which is the direction. As a result, the cassette is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the concave wall does not overlap the printing tape spool in the first direction.
 第3発明のカセットによれば、前記凹部の少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープスプールと前記第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセットは、前記凹部の少なくとも一部が前記印刷テープスプールと前記第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the third invention, at least a part of the recess overlaps with the printing tape spool in the first direction. As a result, the cassette is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction, as compared with the case where at least a part of the recess does not overlap the printing tape spool in the first direction.
 第4発明のカセットによれば、前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープロールの回転中心は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセットは、前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the fourth invention, in the third direction, the center of rotation of the printing tape roll is located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess in the third direction. As a result, the cassette is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction than when the recess is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the third direction of the recess.
 第5発明のカセットによれば、前記印刷テープロールは、回転可能な印刷テープスプールに前記印刷テープが巻回されてなり、前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープスプールの少なくとも一部は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセットは、前記印刷テープスプールの回転中心が前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the fifth invention, in the printing tape roll, the printing tape is wound around a rotatable printing tape spool, and in the third direction, at least a part of the printing tape spool is the recessed portion. It is located between one side end portion and the other side end portion of the third direction. As a result, the cassette is orthogonal to the first direction as compared with the case where the center of rotation of the printing tape spool is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the direction.
 第6発明のカセットによれば、前記第2ケースは、前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープスプールの回転中心は、前記排出口と前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセットは、前記印刷テープスプールの回転中心が前記排出口と前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the sixth invention, in the second case, in the third direction, the center of rotation of the printing tape spool is between the discharge port and the one-sided end of the recess in the third direction. positioned. As a result, the cassette is placed in an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction than when the center of rotation of the printing tape spool is not located between the discharge port and the one-sided end of the recess in the third direction. It will be miniaturized.
 第7発明のカセットによれば、前記印刷テープロールが収容された第1ケースと、前記第1ケースに対して前記第1方向の前記一方側に位置し、前記外周壁を有する第2ケースと、を備え、前記第2ケースは、前記第2側壁により規定される排出口であって、前記第3方向において前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置し、前記印刷テープロールから供給される前記印刷テープが前記第2ケースから前記凹部に排出される前記排出口を備え、前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープスプールの回転中心は、前記排出口と前記凹部の前記第3方向の前記一方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセットは、前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープスプールの回転中心が前記排出口と前記凹部の前記第3方向の前記一方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the seventh invention, the first case in which the printing tape roll is housed and the second case located on the one side of the first direction with respect to the first case and having the outer peripheral wall. The second case is a discharge port defined by the second side wall, and is between one side end portion and the other side end portion of the recess in the third direction in the third direction. The printing tape, which is located and is supplied from the printing tape roll, is provided with the discharge port from the second case to the recess, and in the third direction, the rotation center of the printing tape spool is the discharge port. It is located between the recess and the one-sided end of the recess in the third direction. As a result, the cassette has a third direction than the case where the center of rotation of the printing tape spool is not located between the discharge port and the one-sided end of the recess in the third direction in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to one direction.
 第8発明のカセットによれば、前記凹部は、前記第1ケースの少なくとも一部と前記第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセットは、凹部が前記第1ケースの少なくとも一部と前記第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the eighth invention, the recess overlaps at least a part of the first case in the first direction. As a result, the cassette is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction than when the recess does not overlap with at least a part of the first case in the first direction.
第9発明の要旨とするところは、前記印刷テープロールに対して前記第1方向の一方側に位置し、前記印刷テープロールから供給される前記印刷テープへの印刷に使用されるインクリボンが巻回され、回転可能な供給スプールと、前記印刷テープロールに対して前記第1方向の一方側に位置し、前記供給スプールから供給される前記インクリボンを巻き取るように回転可能な巻取スプールと、を備え、前記供給スプールの少なくとも一部及び前記巻取スプールの少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセットは、前記供給スプールの少なくとも一部及び前記巻取スプールの少なくとも一部が前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 The gist of the ninth invention is that an ink ribbon located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll and used for printing on the printing tape supplied from the printing tape roll is wound. A rotating and rotatable supply spool and a winding spool located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll and rotatable so as to wind the ink ribbon supplied from the supply spool. , And at least a part of the supply spool and at least a part of the take-up spool overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction. As a result, the cassette is smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction than when at least a part of the supply spool and at least a part of the take-up spool do not overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction. Be transformed.
 第10発明のカセットによれば、前記第2ケースは、前記印刷テープに貼り合わされる貼合せテープが巻回され、回転可能な貼合せテープロールを備え、前記貼合せテープロールの少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセットは、前記貼合せテープロールの少なくとも一部が前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the tenth invention, the second case includes a laminating tape roll on which a laminating tape to be bonded to the printing tape is wound and is rotatable, and at least a part of the laminating tape roll is provided. , Overlaps the printing tape roll in the first direction. As a result, the cassette is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the bonding tape roll does not overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction.
 第11発明のカセットによれば、前記貼合せテープロールは、前記貼合せテープが貼合せテープスプールに巻回されて構成され、前記貼合せテープスプールは、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向において重なっている。これにより、カセットは、前記貼合せテープスプールが前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向において重なっていない場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the eleventh invention, the laminating tape roll is configured by winding the laminating tape around the laminating tape spool, and the laminating tape spool is formed in the printing tape roll and the first direction. overlapping. As a result, the cassette is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction as compared with the case where the bonding tape spool does not overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction.
 第12発明のカセットによれば、前記第3方向において、前記貼合せテープスプールの回転中心は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセットは、前記第3方向において、前記貼合せテープスプールの回転中心が前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the twelfth invention, in the third direction, the rotation center of the bonding tape spool is located between one side end portion and the other side end portion of the third direction of the recess. .. As a result, in the cassette, the rotation center of the bonding tape spool is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess in the third direction in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction.
第13発明のカセットによれば、前記第1方向と直交する第2方向、および前記第1方向および第2方向と直交する第3方向において、前記カセットの前記第2方向の中心且つ前記第3方向の中心である中心位置から前記印刷テープロールの回転中心までの距離は、前記中心位置から前記凹部までの距離よりも小さい。これにより、カセットは、カセットの中心位置から前記印刷テープロールの回転中心までの距離が前記中心位置から前記凹部までの距離よりも大きい場合よりも、第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette of the thirteenth invention, in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction and the third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction, the center of the second direction of the cassette and the third direction. The distance from the center position, which is the center of the direction, to the rotation center of the printing tape roll is smaller than the distance from the center position to the recess. As a result, the cassette is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction than when the distance from the center position of the cassette to the rotation center of the printing tape roll is larger than the distance from the center position to the recess. Orthogonal.
 第14発明のカセットによれば、(a)前記印刷テープが巻回された印刷テープロールと、(b)前記印刷テープの巻回方向と直交する第1方向において、前記印刷テープロールに当接するスペーサフィルムと、(c)前記印刷テープロール及び前記スペーサフィルムに対して前記第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁であって、前記第1ケースに対して第1方向の一方に位置する第2ケースであって、前記第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁と、前記第1方向に直交し、且つ、前記第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁と、前記第2側壁から前記第2方向の一方に延び、且つ、前記第2側壁よりも前記第2方向の一方側において前記第3方向に延びる凹部を規定する凹部壁とを備える前記第2ケースと、を備え、(d)前記凹部の少なくとも一部は、前記スペーサフィルムと前記第1方向に重なっている。これにより、印刷テープロールを備えた第1ケースと凹部壁を備える前記第2ケースとが第1方向すなわち上下方向において重ねられ、凹部の少なくとも一部が前記スペーサフィルムと前記第1方向に重なっているので、カセットが第1方向に直交する直交方向において小型化され得る。 According to the cassette of the fourteenth invention, (a) the printing tape roll around which the printing tape is wound and (b) the printing tape roll are in contact with each other in the first direction orthogonal to the winding direction of the printing tape. A spacer film and (c) an outer peripheral wall located on one side of the printing tape roll and the spacer film in the first direction, and located on one side of the first direction with respect to the first case. In two cases, a first side wall extending in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction, and a second side wall extending in a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and intersecting the second direction. With the second case including a recess wall extending from the second side wall in one of the second directions and defining a recess extending in the third direction on one side of the second side wall with respect to the second side wall. (D) At least a part of the recess overlaps with the spacer film in the first direction. As a result, the first case provided with the printing tape roll and the second case provided with the recessed wall are overlapped in the first direction, that is, in the vertical direction, and at least a part of the recessed portion overlaps with the spacer film in the first direction. Therefore, the cassette can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the first direction.
本発明の一実施形態のカセットの上面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the cassette of one Embodiment of this invention. 図1のカセットの下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the cassette of FIG. 図1のカセットのケースの構成および内部構成を、ケースを構成する第1ケース部材、第2ケース部材、第3ケース部材、および第4ケース部材を分離して示す斜視図である。FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing the configuration and internal configuration of the cassette case of FIG. 1 by separating the first case member, the second case member, the third case member, and the fourth case member constituting the case. 図1の第1ケース部材の上面側を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the upper surface side of the 1st case member of FIG. 図1の第1ケース部材の下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 1st case member of FIG. 図1の第2ケース部材の上面側を印刷テープロールとともに示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the upper surface side of the 2nd case member of FIG. 1 together with a printing tape roll. 図1のカセットを、第1ケース部材を取り除いて示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the cassette of FIG. 1 by removing the 1st case member. 印刷テープがテープケース内からリボンケース内へ架け渡されている状態を示す、図6のVIII-VIII視断面図である。6 is a sectional view taken along line VIII-VIII of FIG. 6 showing a state in which the printing tape is stretched from the inside of the tape case to the inside of the ribbon case. 図1の第2ケース部材の下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 2nd case member of FIG. 図1の第3ケース部材の上面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 3rd case member of FIG. 図1の第3ケース部材の下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 3rd case member of FIG. 図1の第4ケース部材の上面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 4th case member of FIG. 図1の第4ケース部材の下面側を示す下面図である。It is a bottom view which shows the lower surface side of the 4th case member of FIG. 図1の第3ケース部材の下面を示す図を用いて、印刷テープロールから引き出される印刷テープおよび貼合せテープロールから引き出される貼合せテープの経路と、インクリボンから引き出されるインクリボンの経路とを、それぞれ示す図である。Using the figure showing the lower surface of the third case member of FIG. 1, the path of the printing tape drawn from the printing tape roll and the path of the bonding tape drawn from the bonding tape roll, and the path of the ink ribbon drawn from the ink ribbon are defined. , Each is a diagram showing. 図1のカセットから送り出された印刷テープおよび貼合せテープの積層体を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the laminated body of the printing tape and the bonding tape sent out from the cassette of FIG. 図1のカセットの平面視であって、印刷テープロール、貼合せテープロール、インクリボン、巻取スプールの相対位置を示す図である。It is a plan view of the cassette of FIG. 1, and is the figure which shows the relative position of the printing tape roll, the bonding tape roll, the ink ribbon, and the take-up spool. 図6のXVII-XVII視断面図である。FIG. 6 is a sectional view taken along line XVII-XVII of FIG. 図1のカセットが装着される、印刷装置のカセット装着部を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the cassette mounting part of the printing apparatus to which the cassette of FIG. 1 is mounted. 本発明の第2実施形態のノンラミネートタイプのカセットの上面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the non-laminate type cassette of 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 図19のカセットの下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the cassette of FIG. 図19のカセットのケースの構成および内部構成を、ケースを構成する第1ケース部材、第2ケース部材、第3ケース部材、および第4ケース部材を分離して示す斜視図である。FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing the configuration and internal configuration of the cassette case of FIG. 19 by separating the first case member, the second case member, the third case member, and the fourth case member constituting the case. 図19のカセットの第1ケース部材の上面側を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the upper surface side of the 1st case member of the cassette of FIG. 図19のカセットの第1ケース部材の下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 1st case member of the cassette of FIG. 図19のカセットの第2ケース部材の上面側を印刷テープロールとともに示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the upper surface side of the 2nd case member of the cassette of FIG. 19 together with a printing tape roll. 図19のカセットを、第1ケース部材を取り除いて示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the cassette of FIG. 19 with the 1st case member removed. 図19のカセットにおいて、印刷テープがテープケース内からリボンケース内へ架け渡されている状態を示す、図24のXXVI-XXVI視断面図である。19 is a sectional view taken along the line XXVI-XXVI of FIG. 24 showing a state in which the printing tape is stretched from the tape case to the ribbon case in the cassette of FIG. 図19のカセットの第2ケース部材の下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 2nd case member of the cassette of FIG. 図19のカセットの第3ケース部材の上面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 3rd case member of the cassette of FIG. 図19のカセットの第3ケース部材の下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 3rd case member of the cassette of FIG. 図19のカセットの第4ケース部材の上面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 4th case member of the cassette of FIG. 図19のカセットの第4ケース部材の下面側を示す下面図である。It is a bottom view which shows the lower surface side of the 4th case member of the cassette of FIG. 図19のカセットの縦断面を示す図であって、図24のXXXII-XXXII視断面図である。It is a figure which shows the vertical sectional view of the cassette of FIG. 19, and is the sectional view of XXXII-XXXII of FIG. 図19の第3ケース部材の下面を示す図を用いて、印刷テープロールから引き出される印刷テープの経路と、インクリボンから引き出されるインクリボンの経路とを、それぞれ示す図である。It is a figure which shows the path of the printing tape drawn out from a printing tape roll, and the path of an ink ribbon drawn out from an ink ribbon, respectively, using the figure which shows the lower surface of the 3rd case member of FIG. 図19のカセットから送り出された印刷テープおよび貼合せテープの積層体を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the laminated body of the printing tape and the bonding tape sent out from the cassette of FIG. 図19のカセットの印刷テープロール、インクリボン、巻取スプール、および凹部の相対位置を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the relative position of the printing tape roll, the ink ribbon, the take-up spool, and the recess of the cassette of FIG. 本発明の第3実施形態のカセットの上面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the cassette of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. 図36のカセットの下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the cassette of FIG. 図36の実施形態のカセットの構成を、ケースを構成する第1ケース部材、第2ケース部材、第3ケース部材、および第4ケース部材を分離して示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the structure of the cassette of embodiment of FIG. 36 separately showing the 1st case member, the 2nd case member, the 3rd case member, and the 4th case member which make up a case. 図36のカセットの第1ケース部材の上面側を示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the upper surface side of the 1st case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. 図36のカセットの第1ケース部材の下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 1st case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. 図36のカセットの第2ケース部材の上面側を印刷テープロールとともに示す正面図である。It is a front view which shows the upper surface side of the 2nd case member of the cassette of FIG. 36 together with a printing tape roll. 図36のカセットの第2ケース部材の下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 2nd case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. 図36のカセットの第3ケース部材の上面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 3rd case member of the cassette of FIG. 図36のカセットの第3ケース部材の下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 3rd case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. 図36のカセットの第4ケース部材の上面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the 4th case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. 図36のカセットの第4ケース部材の下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the 4th case member of the cassette of FIG. 36. 図36の第3ケース部材の下面を示す図を用いて、印刷テープロールから引き出される印刷テープの経路と、および貼合せテープロールから引き出される貼合せテープの経路とを、それぞれ示す図である。It is a figure which shows the path of the printing tape drawn out from the printing tape roll, and the path of the bonding tape drawn out from the bonding tape roll, respectively, by using the figure showing the lower surface of the third case member of FIG. 36. 図36のカセットから送り出された印刷テープを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the printing tape sent out from the cassette of FIG. 36. 図36のカセットの印刷テープロール、貼合せテープロール、および凹部の相対位置を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the relative position of the printing tape roll, the bonding tape roll, and the recess of the cassette of FIG. 36. 本発明の第4実施形態のカセットの上面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the upper surface side of the cassette of 4th Embodiment of this invention. 図50のカセットの下面側を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the lower surface side of the cassette of FIG. 図50の実施形態のカセットの構成を、ケースを構成する第1ケース部材、第2ケース部材、第3ケース部材、および第4ケース部材を分離して示す斜視図である。FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the cassette according to the embodiment of FIG. 50 by separating the first case member, the second case member, the third case member, and the fourth case member constituting the case. 図50のカセットから送り出された印刷テープを説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the printing tape sent out from the cassette of FIG. 本発明の更に他の実施形態のカセットの構成を示す摸式図である。It is a schematic diagram which shows the structure of the cassette of still another embodiment of this invention.
 以下、本発明の一実施形態を図面を参照しつつ詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
[実施形態1]
 図1は、本発明の一実施形態であるカセット10を正面側すなわち上面から示す斜視図である。本実施形態の説明では、図1の上側をカセット10の前側とし、下側をカセット10の後側とし、右側をカセット10の左側とし、左側をカセット10の右側とし、左上側をカセット10の上側とし、右下側をカセット10の下側とする。図2は、カセット10を裏面側すなわち下面から示す斜視図である。図3は、カセット10の第1ケース部材12、第2ケース部材14、第3ケース部材16、および第4ケース部材18を分離させて、カセット10の内部構成を説明する斜視図である。カセット10は、全体として直方体状を成し、後述の図18に示す印刷装置102のカセット装着部104に着脱可能に装着される。カセット10は、第1ケース部材12および第2ケース部材14から構成される第1ケースすなわちテープケース20と、第3ケース部材16および第4ケース部材18から構成される第2ケースすなわちリボンケース21とを備えている。第1ケース部材12から第4ケース部材18は、図1に示す上下方向に積み重ねられている。第1ケース部材12、第2ケース部材14、第3ケース部材16および第4ケース部材18は、相互に重ねられた状態で、相互の外周壁間にそれぞれ設けられた複数の係止爪27と固定爪28との係合と位置決め突起29による位置決めとによって相互に固定されている。なお、本実施形態において、各ケース部材12~18の上側の面を上面もしくは正面と称し、下側の面を下面もしくは裏面と称す。
[Embodiment 1]
FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a cassette 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention from the front side, that is, from the top surface. In the description of the present embodiment, the upper side of FIG. 1 is the front side of the cassette 10, the lower side is the rear side of the cassette 10, the right side is the left side of the cassette 10, the left side is the right side of the cassette 10, and the upper left side is the cassette 10. The upper side is the upper side, and the lower right side is the lower side of the cassette 10. FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the cassette 10 from the back surface side, that is, the bottom surface. FIG. 3 is a perspective view for explaining the internal configuration of the cassette 10 by separating the first case member 12, the second case member 14, the third case member 16, and the fourth case member 18 of the cassette 10. The cassette 10 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole, and is detachably mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102 shown in FIG. 18 to be described later. The cassette 10 includes a first case or tape case 20 composed of a first case member 12 and a second case member 14, and a second case or ribbon case 21 composed of a third case member 16 and a fourth case member 18. And have. The first case member 12 to the fourth case member 18 are stacked in the vertical direction shown in FIG. The first case member 12, the second case member 14, the third case member 16, and the fourth case member 18 are overlapped with each other and have a plurality of locking claws 27 provided between the outer peripheral walls of each other. They are mutually fixed by engagement with the fixing claw 28 and positioning by the positioning protrusion 29. In the present embodiment, the upper surface of each case member 12 to 18 is referred to as an upper surface or a front surface, and the lower surface is referred to as a lower surface or a back surface.
 リボンケース21は、テープケース20に対して上下方向の一方側に位置する。本実施形態では、リボンケース21は、テープケース20に対して上下方向の一方側である下側に位置する。テープケース20は、内部に形成された第1空間S1に被印刷媒体である印刷テープ22が巻回された印刷テープロール26を回転可能に収容する。印刷テープロール26は、帯状の印刷テープ22が円筒状の軸芯材である印刷テープスプール24に巻回されて構成される。印刷テープ22は、印刷テープ22の幅方向が第1方向である上下方向となるように巻回されている。印刷テープロール26の径方向は前後方向及び左右方向であり、径方向は上下方向に直交する直交方向である。直交方向は、上下方向に直交する平面に平行な任意の方向とも言い換えることができる。印刷テープ22、印刷テープスプール24、および印刷テープロール26は、被印刷媒体、印刷媒体スプール、および印刷媒体ロールに対応している。 The ribbon case 21 is located on one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 20. In the present embodiment, the ribbon case 21 is located on the lower side, which is one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 20. The tape case 20 rotatably accommodates a printing tape roll 26 in which a printing tape 22 as a printing medium is wound in a first space S1 formed inside. The printing tape roll 26 is configured by winding a strip-shaped printing tape 22 around a printing tape spool 24 which is a cylindrical shaft core material. The printing tape 22 is wound so that the width direction of the printing tape 22 is the vertical direction, which is the first direction. The radial direction of the printing tape roll 26 is the front-rear direction and the left-right direction, and the radial direction is an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction. The orthogonal direction can be rephrased as an arbitrary direction parallel to a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction. The print tape 22, the print tape spool 24, and the print tape roll 26 correspond to a print medium, a print medium spool, and a print medium roll.
 リボンケース21は、内部に形成された第2空間S2にインクリボンロール72及び貼合せテープロール64、巻取スプール76をそれぞれ回転可能に収容する。インクリボンロール72は、帯状のインクリボン68が、インクリボン68幅方向が上下方向となるように巻取スプール76に巻回されて構成される。インクリボン68は、帯状の印刷テープ22への印刷に使用される。巻取スプール76は、インクリボンロール72から引き出されたインクリボン68を巻き取る。貼合せテープロール64は、印刷された印刷テープ22に貼り合わされる帯状の貼合せテープ60が、貼合せテープ60の幅方向が上下方向となるように貼合せテープスプール62に巻回されている。 The ribbon case 21 rotatably accommodates the ink ribbon roll 72, the bonding tape roll 64, and the take-up spool 76 in the second space S2 formed inside. The ink ribbon roll 72 is configured by winding a strip-shaped ink ribbon 68 around a take-up spool 76 so that the width direction of the ink ribbon 68 is in the vertical direction. The ink ribbon 68 is used for printing on the strip-shaped printing tape 22. The take-up spool 76 winds up the ink ribbon 68 drawn from the ink ribbon roll 72. In the bonding tape roll 64, the band-shaped bonding tape 60 bonded to the printed printing tape 22 is wound around the bonding tape spool 62 so that the width direction of the bonding tape 60 is in the vertical direction. ..
 図2に示すように、カセット10の第4ケース部材18の下面には巻取スプール支持穴94が設けられている。巻取スプール支持穴94から、後述の巻取スプール76の連結穴96が露出している。連結穴96は、カセット10が印刷装置102のカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、カセット装着部104に設けられた巻取スプール駆動軸108が差し入れられる。また、第3ケース部材16および第4ケース部材18の側面すなわちリボンケース21の外周壁16wのうちの一部及び第2ケース部材14の外周壁の一部には、凹部99が形成されている。凹部99は、カセット10が印刷装置102のカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、カセット装着部104に設けられた後述の印刷ヘッド106が挿入される。図2に示すように、凹部99の上端は第2ケース部材14の下側の面で規定されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, a take-up spool support hole 94 is provided on the lower surface of the fourth case member 18 of the cassette 10. The connection hole 96 of the take-up spool 76, which will be described later, is exposed from the take-up spool support hole 94. When the cassette 10 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102, the take-up spool drive shaft 108 provided in the cassette mounting portion 104 is inserted into the connecting hole 96. Further, recesses 99 are formed on the side surfaces of the third case member 16 and the fourth case member 18, that is, a part of the outer peripheral wall 16w of the ribbon case 21 and a part of the outer peripheral wall of the second case member 14. .. When the cassette 10 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102, the recess 99 is inserted with the print head 106, which will be described later, provided in the cassette mounting portion 104. As shown in FIG. 2, the upper end of the recess 99 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 14.
 図4は、第1ケース部材12の上面側を示す正面図であり、図5は第1ケース部材12の下面側を示す斜視図である。図6は第2ケース部材14の上面側を印刷テープロールとともに示す正面図である。なお、図6では、印刷テープロール26から引き出された印刷テープ22の記載は省略されている。図7は第2ケース部材14の上面側を示す斜視図である。また、図8は印刷テープ22がテープケース20内からリボンケース21内へ架け渡されている状態を示す、図6のVIII-VIII視断面図である。図9は第2ケース部材14の下面側を示す斜視図であり、図10は第3ケース部材16の上面側を示す斜視図であり、図11は第3ケース部材16の下面側を示す斜視部である。図12は第4ケース部材18の上面側を示す斜視図であり、図13は第4ケース部材18の下面側を示す下面図である。 FIG. 4 is a front view showing the upper surface side of the first case member 12, and FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the first case member 12. FIG. 6 is a front view showing the upper surface side of the second case member 14 together with the printing tape roll. In FIG. 6, the description of the printing tape 22 drawn out from the printing tape roll 26 is omitted. FIG. 7 is a perspective view showing the upper surface side of the second case member 14. Further, FIG. 8 is a sectional view taken along line VIII-VIII of FIG. 6 showing a state in which the printing tape 22 is bridged from the inside of the tape case 20 into the ribbon case 21. 9 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the second case member 14, FIG. 10 is a perspective view showing the upper surface side of the third case member 16, and FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the third case member 16. It is a department. FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing the upper surface side of the fourth case member 18, and FIG. 13 is a bottom view showing the lower surface side of the fourth case member 18.
 第1ケース部材12と第2ケース部材14との間の第1空間S1には、印刷テープロール26が上下方向に平行な第1回転中心線C1まわりに回転可能に収容されている。なお、第1回転中心線C1は、印刷テープロール26の回転中心であるとともに、印刷テープスプール24の回転中心でもある。第1ケース部材12および第2ケース部材14は長方形状であって、第1回転中心線C1は、第1ケース部材12および第2ケース部材14における、第2方向である左右方向の中央略右寄り、且つ、第3方向である前後方向の略中央付近に位置している。印刷テープ22は、たとえば図15に示すように、剥離テープ22cが被印刷テープ22aの印刷面とは反対側の面に、粘着剤22bを介して積層されることにより構成されたものである。 The printing tape roll 26 is rotatably housed around the first rotation center line C1 parallel in the vertical direction in the first space S1 between the first case member 12 and the second case member 14. The first rotation center line C1 is not only the rotation center of the printing tape roll 26 but also the rotation center of the printing tape spool 24. The first case member 12 and the second case member 14 have a rectangular shape, and the first rotation center line C1 is substantially rightward to the center of the first case member 12 and the second case member 14 in the left-right direction, which is the second direction. Moreover, it is located near the center of the front-back direction, which is the third direction. As shown in FIG. 15, for example, the printing tape 22 is formed by laminating a release tape 22c on a surface of the tape to be printed 22a opposite to the printing surface via an adhesive 22b.
 図3、図5に示すように、第1ケース部材12の下面側には、円筒状の第1支持突起30と、第1円周壁34とが設けられる。第1支持突起30は、円筒状の印刷テープスプール24に挿入され印刷テープロール26を回転可能に支持する。第1円周壁34は、印刷テープロール26の外径よりも大きい内径を有する。第1支持突起30と第1円周壁34は、第1回転中心線C1と同じ中心線を有する状態で第1ケース部材12の下面側から下向きに突設されている。図6及び図7に示すように、第2ケース部材14の上面側には、円筒状の第2支持突起32と、第2円周壁36とが設けられる。第2支持突起32は、円筒状の印刷テープスプール24に挿入され印刷テープロール26を回転可能に支持する。第2円周壁36は、印刷テープロール26の外径よりも大きい内径を有する。第2支持突起32と第2円周壁36は、第1回転中心線C1と同じ中心線を有する状態で第2ケース部材14の上面側から上向きに突設されている。印刷テープロール26は、印刷テープロール26の外径と略同じ外径を有する円形のスペーサフィルム38を印刷テープロール26の上下にそれぞれ介在させた状態で第1ケース部材12と第2ケース部材14との間に配設されている。スペーサフィルム38は、印刷テープロール26を円滑に回転させるためのものであり、たとえば4フッ化エチレン樹脂シートから構成されたものである。 As shown in FIGS. 3 and 5, a cylindrical first support protrusion 30 and a first circumferential wall 34 are provided on the lower surface side of the first case member 12. The first support protrusion 30 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 24 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 26. The first circumferential wall 34 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 26. The first support protrusion 30 and the first circumferential wall 34 project downward from the lower surface side of the first case member 12 in a state of having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1. As shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, a cylindrical second support protrusion 32 and a second circumferential wall 36 are provided on the upper surface side of the second case member 14. The second support protrusion 32 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 24 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 26. The second circumferential wall 36 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 26. The second support protrusion 32 and the second circumferential wall 36 project upward from the upper surface side of the second case member 14 in a state of having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1. The printing tape roll 26 has a first case member 12 and a second case member 14 in a state where a circular spacer film 38 having an outer diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 26 is interposed above and below the printing tape roll 26, respectively. It is arranged between and. The spacer film 38 is for smoothly rotating the printing tape roll 26, and is made of, for example, a tetrafluorinated ethylene resin sheet.
 第1ケース部材12の下面側および第2部材14ケースの上面側には、図5および図6に示すように、印刷テープロール26から印刷テープ22を一定の位置から引き出すために第1円周壁34および第2円周壁36の一部を切り欠いて形成した印刷テープゲート40、42が形成されている図7に示すように、第2ケース部材14の上面側には、印刷テープロール26から引き出された印刷テープ22を一定の方向に案内するために、印刷テープゲート42の左端から左側へ延びる案内壁50が形成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, the lower surface side of the first case member 12 and the upper surface side of the second member 14 case have a first circumferential wall for pulling out the printing tape 22 from the printing tape roll 26 from a fixed position. As shown in FIG. 7 in which the printing tape gates 40 and 42 formed by cutting out a part of the 34 and the second circumferential wall 36 are formed, the printing tape roll 26 is formed on the upper surface side of the second case member 14. In order to guide the drawn out printing tape 22 in a certain direction, a guide wall 50 extending from the left end to the left side of the printing tape gate 42 is formed.
 図6に示すように、印刷テープゲート42の左端から左方向へ延びる案内壁50は、外周壁46の短辺部46aに到達する前に長辺部46b側すなわち後方へ曲がり、第2円周壁36に沿って延設されて長辺部44bへ接続されている。 As shown in FIG. 6, the guide wall 50 extending from the left end of the printing tape gate 42 to the left bends to the long side portion 46b side, that is, to the rear before reaching the short side portion 46a of the outer peripheral wall 46, and is a second circumferential wall. It extends along 36 and is connected to the long side portion 44b.
 図6に示すように、第2ケース部材14の底板14aには、案内壁50と外周壁46の長辺部46bとに沿って前後方向及び左右方向に延びる正面視略L字状の貫通穴52が形成されている。底板14aには、第2円周壁36のうち案内壁50および長辺部46bに対向する部分と貫通穴52との間において複数の案内リブ54が形成されている。複数の案内リブ54は、印刷テープロール26から巻き出され且つ印刷テープゲート40および42を通して送り出された印刷テープ22を貫通穴52内へ案内する。 As shown in FIG. 6, the bottom plate 14a of the second case member 14 has a substantially L-shaped through hole in the front view extending in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction along the guide wall 50 and the long side portion 46b of the outer peripheral wall 46. 52 is formed. A plurality of guide ribs 54 are formed on the bottom plate 14a between a portion of the second circumferential wall 36 facing the guide wall 50 and the long side portion 46b and the through hole 52. The plurality of guide ribs 54 guide the printing tape 22 unwound from the printing tape roll 26 and fed out through the printing tape gates 40 and 42 into the through holes 52.
図7は、第1ケース部材12を取り除いたカセット10を示す。図7に示すように、印刷テープロール26から巻き出された印刷テープ22が、貫通穴52を通して第3ケース部材16と第4ケース部材18との間の第2空間内S2へ導かれている。印刷テープ22は、第1空間S1と第2空間内S2との間を区画する底板14aに形成された貫通穴52を通して、テープケース20とリボンケース21とに架け渡される。 FIG. 7 shows the cassette 10 from which the first case member 12 has been removed. As shown in FIG. 7, the printing tape 22 unwound from the printing tape roll 26 is guided to S2 in the second space between the third case member 16 and the fourth case member 18 through the through hole 52. .. The printing tape 22 is bridged between the tape case 20 and the ribbon case 21 through a through hole 52 formed in a bottom plate 14a that partitions between the first space S1 and the second space S2.
 図8に示すように、印刷テープ22が、貫通穴52を通して、テープケース20内からリボンケース21内へ斜めに架け渡される。より詳細には、後述する図14に示すように、印刷テープ22は、リボンケース21の凹部99にまで架け渡されている。図9は、第2ケース部材14の下面側を示している。図9に示すように、第2ケース部材14の底板14aの裏面には、貫通穴52が開口しており、貫通穴52に沿って案内壁56が上下方向に立設されている。図10は、第3ケース部材16の上面側を示している。第3ケース部材16の天井板16eには、貫通穴58と、貼合せテープロール支持穴66と、インクリボン支持穴74と、巻取スプール支持穴78と、ローラ支持穴82とが、形成されている。貫通穴58は、印刷テープロール26から引き出された印刷テープ22を第2空間S2へ通すために、第2ケース部材14の貫通穴52に対応する位置に形成されている。つまり、貫通穴52の一部と貫通穴58の一部は上下方向において互いに重複している。 As shown in FIG. 8, the printing tape 22 is obliquely bridged from the inside of the tape case 20 into the ribbon case 21 through the through hole 52. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 14, which will be described later, the printing tape 22 extends to the recess 99 of the ribbon case 21. FIG. 9 shows the lower surface side of the second case member 14. As shown in FIG. 9, a through hole 52 is opened on the back surface of the bottom plate 14a of the second case member 14, and a guide wall 56 is erected in the vertical direction along the through hole 52. FIG. 10 shows the upper surface side of the third case member 16. A through hole 58, a bonding tape roll support hole 66, an ink ribbon support hole 74, a take-up spool support hole 78, and a roller support hole 82 are formed in the ceiling plate 16e of the third case member 16. ing. The through hole 58 is formed at a position corresponding to the through hole 52 of the second case member 14 in order to pass the printing tape 22 drawn out from the printing tape roll 26 to the second space S2. That is, a part of the through hole 52 and a part of the through hole 58 overlap each other in the vertical direction.
 第2ケース部材14の底板14aおよび第3ケース部材16の天井板16eは、テープケース20内の第1空間S1とリボンケース21内の第2空間S2とを区画する。 The bottom plate 14a of the second case member 14 and the ceiling plate 16e of the third case member 16 partition the first space S1 in the tape case 20 and the second space S2 in the ribbon case 21.
 貼合せテープロール支持穴66は、貼合せテープ60が巻回された貼合せテープスプール62の一端を嵌め入れて貼合せテープロール64を第1回転中心線C1と平行な第2回転中心線C2まわりに回転可能に支持する。なお、第2回転中心線C2は、貼合せテープロール64の回転中心であるとともに、貼合せテープスプール62の回転中心でもある。貼合せテープ60は、図15に示すように、印刷テープ22の印刷面を保護するためにたとえばこの印刷面と接触する一面に粘着剤60bが塗布された透明フィルム60aから成る。インクリボン支持穴74は、インクリボン68が巻回された供給スプール70の一端を嵌め入れてインクリボンロール72を第1回転中心線C1と平行な第3回転中心線C3まわりに回転可能に支持する。なお、第3回転中心線C3は、インクリボンロール72の回転中心であるとともに、供給プール70の回転中心でもある。巻取スプール支持穴78は、インクリボンロール72から巻き出されたインクリボン68を巻き取る巻取スプール76の一端を嵌め入れて巻取スプール76を第1回転中心線C1と平行な第4回転中心線C4まわりに回転可能に支持する。なお、第4回転中心線C4は、巻取スプール24の回転中心である。ローラ支持穴82は、印刷テープ22の印刷面と貼合せテープ60の接着面とを圧着するために印刷テープ22と貼合せテープ60とを印刷装置102のローラとの間で挟圧するローラ80の一端を嵌め入れてローラ80を第1回転中心線C1と平行な第5回転中心線C5まわりに回転可能に支持する。 In the bonding tape roll support hole 66, one end of the bonding tape spool 62 around which the bonding tape 60 is wound is fitted, and the bonding tape roll 64 is placed on the second rotation center line C2 parallel to the first rotation center line C1. Supports rotatably around. The second rotation center line C2 is not only the rotation center of the bonding tape roll 64 but also the rotation center of the bonding tape spool 62. As shown in FIG. 15, the bonding tape 60 is made of a transparent film 60a in which, for example, an adhesive 60b is applied to one surface in contact with the printing surface in order to protect the printing surface of the printing tape 22. The ink ribbon support hole 74 rotatably supports the ink ribbon roll 72 around the third rotation center line C3 parallel to the first rotation center line C1 by fitting one end of the supply spool 70 around which the ink ribbon 68 is wound. To do. The third rotation center line C3 is not only the rotation center of the ink ribbon roll 72 but also the rotation center of the supply pool 70. The take-up spool support hole 78 fits one end of the take-up spool 76 for taking up the ink ribbon 68 unwound from the ink ribbon roll 72, and makes the take-up spool 76 a fourth rotation parallel to the first rotation center line C1. It is rotatably supported around the center line C4. The fourth rotation center line C4 is the rotation center of the take-up spool 24. The roller support hole 82 is a roller 80 that presses the printing tape 22 and the bonding tape 60 between the rollers of the printing apparatus 102 in order to crimp the printing surface of the printing tape 22 and the adhesive surface of the bonding tape 60. One end is fitted to rotatably support the roller 80 around the fifth rotation center line C5 parallel to the first rotation center line C1.
 図11に示すように、第3ケース部材16の下面には、貼合せテープロール保持壁84と、インクリボンロール保持壁86と、円筒状突起88と、円弧状壁92とが、形成されている。貼合せテープロール保持壁84および円弧状壁92は、貼合せテープロール64の配置位置を規定するために貼合せテープロール支持穴66の周囲に貼合せテープロール支持穴66を中心とする円弧状に形成されている。インクリボンロール保持壁86は、巻取スプール76に巻き取られたインクリボン68のインクリボンロール配置位置を規定するために巻取スプール支持穴78の周囲に巻取スプール支持穴78を中心とする円弧状に形成されている。円筒状突起88は、インクリボン支持穴74の周囲から下方に突設され且つ先端面に周方向に並ぶ凹凸が形成されている。また、第3ケース部材16の下面には、貼合せテープ60の貼り付きを防止する貼付防止ローラ91の上端部を回動可能に支持する支持突起93が設けられている。また、図12に示すように、第4ケース部材18の上面には、貼付防止ローラ91の下端部を連結可能に支持する支持突起95が設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 11, a bonding tape roll holding wall 84, an ink ribbon roll holding wall 86, a cylindrical protrusion 88, and an arc-shaped wall 92 are formed on the lower surface of the third case member 16. There is. The bonding tape roll holding wall 84 and the arc-shaped wall 92 have an arc shape centered on the bonding tape roll support hole 66 around the bonding tape roll support hole 66 in order to define the arrangement position of the bonding tape roll 64. Is formed in. The ink ribbon roll holding wall 86 is centered on the take-up spool support hole 78 around the take-up spool support hole 78 in order to define the ink ribbon roll arrangement position of the ink ribbon 68 wound on the take-up spool 76. It is formed in an arc shape. The cylindrical protrusion 88 projects downward from the periphery of the ink ribbon support hole 74 and has irregularities arranged on the tip surface in the circumferential direction. Further, on the lower surface of the third case member 16, a support protrusion 93 that rotatably supports the upper end portion of the sticking prevention roller 91 that prevents sticking of the sticking tape 60 is provided. Further, as shown in FIG. 12, a support protrusion 95 is provided on the upper surface of the fourth case member 18 to support the lower end portion of the sticking prevention roller 91 so as to be connectable.
 図3に示されるように、インクリボン68が巻回された供給スプール70の他端には、クラッチばねを収容したクラッチばねホルダ90が嵌め付けられており、供給スプール70がクラッチばねホルダ90内のクラッチばねによってインクリボンロール72には適度の回転抵抗が付与されるようになっている。 As shown in FIG. 3, a clutch spring holder 90 accommodating a clutch spring is fitted to the other end of the supply spool 70 around which the ink ribbon 68 is wound, and the supply spool 70 is inside the clutch spring holder 90. The clutch spring of the above allows the ink ribbon roll 72 to be provided with an appropriate rotational resistance.
 図12および図13は、第4ケース部材18の上面および下面を示している。第4ケース部材18側において巻取スプール76の他端を嵌め入れて巻取スプール76を回転可能に支持する巻取スプール支持穴94が貫通して形成されている。第4ケース部材18には、供給スプール70の他端を嵌め入れて供給スプール70を回転可能に支持する円筒状の支持突起97が形成されている。巻取スプール76の他端側の端面に形成された連結穴96が、図2に示すように巻取スプール支持穴94を通して第4ケース部材18の下面に露出させられる。カセット10が印刷装置102に装着されたとき、後述の印刷装置102の巻取スプール駆動軸108が連結穴96内に挿入されて巻取スプール76に連結され、巻取スプール76が上記駆動軸により回転駆動される。 12 and 13 show the upper surface and the lower surface of the fourth case member 18. On the side of the fourth case member 18, the take-up spool support hole 94 for rotatably supporting the take-up spool 76 by fitting the other end of the take-up spool 76 is formed through. The fourth case member 18 is formed with a cylindrical support protrusion 97 that rotatably supports the supply spool 70 by fitting the other end of the supply spool 70. A connecting hole 96 formed on the other end surface of the take-up spool 76 is exposed to the lower surface of the fourth case member 18 through the take-up spool support hole 94 as shown in FIG. When the cassette 10 is mounted on the printing device 102, the take-up spool drive shaft 108 of the printing device 102 described later is inserted into the connecting hole 96 and connected to the take-up spool 76, and the take-up spool 76 is connected to the take-up spool 76 by the drive shaft. It is driven to rotate.
 第4ケース部材18には、第3ケース部材16に形成されたローラ支持穴82に対応する位置に、ローラ80の軸端を露出させるローラ露出穴98が設けられている。ローラ80の第4ケース部材18側の端部に形成された連結部80aが、図2に示すようにローラ露出穴98を通して第4ケース部材18の下面に露出させられる。カセット10が印刷装置102に装着されたとき、後述の印刷装置102のローラ駆動軸110が連結部80aと連結され、ローラ80がローラ駆動軸110により回転駆動される。 The fourth case member 18 is provided with a roller exposed hole 98 that exposes the shaft end of the roller 80 at a position corresponding to the roller support hole 82 formed in the third case member 16. The connecting portion 80a formed at the end of the roller 80 on the side of the fourth case member 18 is exposed to the lower surface of the fourth case member 18 through the roller exposed hole 98 as shown in FIG. When the cassette 10 is mounted on the printing device 102, the roller drive shaft 110 of the printing device 102, which will be described later, is connected to the connecting portion 80a, and the roller 80 is rotationally driven by the roller drive shaft 110.
 図2、図11に示すように、第3ケース部材16および第4ケース部材18から構成されるリボンケース21には、カセット10が図18に示すカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、カセット装着部104に立設された印刷ヘッド106を保持するヘッド保持板114を収容するための凹部99が形成されている。図11に示すように、第3ケース部材16の外周壁16wの一部には、積重ね方向に対応する上下方向と直交する第2方向である前後方向に伸びる第1側壁16aと、第1側壁16aの前端部から上下方向および前後方向と直交する第3方向である左右方向に伸びる第2側壁16bと、凹部99を囲むU字状の凹部壁16cとが、形成されている。凹部壁16cは、第2側壁16bと前後方向に対向し左右方向に延びる内壁16hと、内壁16hの右端から後方に延びる内壁16iと、内壁16iの後端から左方に延びる内壁16jと、内壁16jの左端から前方に延びる内壁16kとから構成される。第2側壁16b及び凹部壁16cによって、凹部99は、第2側壁16bの左側端部から後方に延び、且つ、第2側壁16bよりも後方において左右方向に延びるように規定されている。第4ケース部材18には、図12および図13に示すように、凹部壁16cに対応するU字状の切欠き18aが形成されている。これら凹部壁16cおよび切欠き18aによって、凹部99が形成されている。図2に示すように、凹部99の上端の一部は、第2ケース部材14の下面によって規定されている。すなわち、凹部99は、第2ケース部材14及び第1ケース部材12と上下方向において重なっている。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 11, when the cassette 10 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 shown in FIG. 18, the ribbon case 21 composed of the third case member 16 and the fourth case member 18 is mounted on the cassette. A recess 99 for accommodating the head holding plate 114 for holding the print head 106 erected in the portion 104 is formed. As shown in FIG. 11, a part of the outer peripheral wall 16w of the third case member 16 has a first side wall 16a extending in the front-rear direction, which is a second direction orthogonal to the vertical direction corresponding to the stacking direction, and a first side wall. A second side wall 16b extending in the left-right direction, which is a third direction orthogonal to the vertical direction and the front-back direction, and a U-shaped concave wall 16c surrounding the concave portion 99 are formed from the front end portion of the 16a. The concave wall 16c includes an inner wall 16h that faces the second side wall 16b in the front-rear direction and extends in the left-right direction, an inner wall 16i that extends rearward from the right end of the inner wall 16h, an inner wall 16j that extends from the rear end of the inner wall 16i to the left, and an inner wall. It is composed of an inner wall 16k extending forward from the left end of 16j. The recess 99 is defined by the second side wall 16b and the recess wall 16c so as to extend rearward from the left end of the second side wall 16b and extend laterally behind the second side wall 16b. As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the fourth case member 18 is formed with a U-shaped notch 18a corresponding to the concave wall 16c. The recess 99 is formed by the recess wall 16c and the notch 18a. As shown in FIG. 2, a part of the upper end of the recess 99 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 14. That is, the recess 99 overlaps the second case member 14 and the first case member 12 in the vertical direction.
 図14は、カセット10が印刷装置102のカセット装着部104に装着されたときの、第3ケース部材16の下面を示す図である。前述の通り、印刷テープ22は、印刷テープロール26から引き出され、貫通穴52および貫通穴58を介してテープケース20内の第1空間S1からリボンケース21内の第2空間S2に斜めに架け渡される。そのため、第3ケース部材16を示す図14において印刷テープ22は、第3ケース部材16の後方の貫通穴58から描画されている。図14に示すように、印刷テープ22および貼合せテープ60は、ローラ80と印刷装置102の押圧ローラ118とに挟圧され、ローラ80の駆動によって、各々印刷テープロール26貼合せテープロール64から引き出される。インクリボン68は、巻取スプール76の駆動によってインクリボンロール72から引き出され、巻取スプール76に巻き取られる。図14は、印刷テープ22、インクリボン68および貼合せテープ60の搬送経路を示している。印刷テープ22は二点鎖線で、貼合せテープ60は破線で、インクリボン68は一点鎖線で示されている。 FIG. 14 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 16 when the cassette 10 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102. As described above, the printing tape 22 is pulled out from the printing tape roll 26 and diagonally hung from the first space S1 in the tape case 20 to the second space S2 in the ribbon case 21 through the through holes 52 and the through holes 58. Passed. Therefore, in FIG. 14 showing the third case member 16, the printing tape 22 is drawn from the through hole 58 behind the third case member 16. As shown in FIG. 14, the printing tape 22 and the bonding tape 60 are sandwiched between the roller 80 and the pressing roller 118 of the printing device 102, and are driven from the printing tape roll 26 and the bonding tape roll 64, respectively. Pulled out. The ink ribbon 68 is pulled out from the ink ribbon roll 72 by driving the take-up spool 76, and is taken up by the take-up spool 76. FIG. 14 shows the transport paths of the printing tape 22, the ink ribbon 68, and the bonding tape 60. The printing tape 22 is indicated by a two-dot chain line, the bonding tape 60 is indicated by a broken line, and the ink ribbon 68 is indicated by a one-dot chain line.
 図14に示すように、巻取スプール76およびローラ80が回転駆動されると、排出口130から印刷テープ22およびインクリボン68が重ねられた状態で印刷場所Pへ向かって排出される。排出口130は、第2側壁16bの左端部と側壁16hの左端部により規定され、左右方向に貫通する間隙である。印刷ヘッド106とプラテンローラ116との間の印刷場所Pにおいて、印刷テープ22はインクリボン68を介して印刷ヘッド106に押しつけられる。この状態で、印刷ヘッド106の表面に配置された複数の発熱素子が選択的に駆動されて局所発熱することで、インクリボン68の一面に設けられたインク68aのうち一部が印刷テープ22に転写されて、印刷テープ22に文字、記号などが印刷される。印刷場所Pを通過した使用済のインクリボン68は、搬入口132からリボンケース21内に搬入され、巻取スプール76に巻き取られる。搬入口132は、排出口130よりも左側に位置し、第3ケース部材16に設けられている。印刷場所Pを通過した印刷テープ22の印刷面には、ローラ80により透明な貼合せテープ60が押しつけられて接着される。これにより、印刷テープ22の印刷面は貼合せテープ60により保護される。 As shown in FIG. 14, when the take-up spool 76 and the roller 80 are rotationally driven, the printing tape 22 and the ink ribbon 68 are ejected from the ejection port 130 toward the printing place P in a stacked state. The discharge port 130 is defined by the left end portion of the second side wall 16b and the left end portion of the side wall 16h, and is a gap penetrating in the left-right direction. At the print location P between the print head 106 and the platen roller 116, the print tape 22 is pressed against the print head 106 via the ink ribbon 68. In this state, a plurality of heat generating elements arranged on the surface of the print head 106 are selectively driven to generate local heat, so that a part of the ink 68a provided on one surface of the ink ribbon 68 is attached to the printing tape 22. It is transferred and characters, symbols, etc. are printed on the printing tape 22. The used ink ribbon 68 that has passed through the printing place P is carried into the ribbon case 21 from the carry-in port 132 and wound on the take-up spool 76. The carry-in port 132 is located on the left side of the discharge port 130 and is provided on the third case member 16. The transparent bonding tape 60 is pressed against the printing surface of the printing tape 22 that has passed through the printing location P by the roller 80 to be adhered. As a result, the printed surface of the printing tape 22 is protected by the bonding tape 60.
 図15は、カセット10から送り出された印刷テープ22および貼合せテープ60の積層体を模式的に示している。印刷テープ22の被印刷テープ22a側すなわち印刷面側に、一面に粘着剤60bが塗布された透明フィルム60aから構成された貼合せテープ60が、貼り着けられている。これにより、印刷テープ22の印刷面に転写されたインク68aが保護される。なお、図15に描かれた積層体の各部材22a~22c,60a,60b,68aの大きさや寸法比等は必ずしも正確ではない。 FIG. 15 schematically shows a laminate of the printing tape 22 and the bonding tape 60 sent out from the cassette 10. A bonding tape 60 composed of a transparent film 60a coated with an adhesive 60b on one side is attached to the side to be printed 22a, that is, the printing surface side of the printing tape 22. As a result, the ink 68a transferred to the printing surface of the printing tape 22 is protected. The sizes and dimensional ratios of the members 22a to 22c, 60a, 60b, 68a of the laminated body drawn in FIG. 15 are not always accurate.
 図16は、第3ケース部材16の下面を示す図である。第3ケース部材16と第4ケース部材18との間の第2空間S2内すなわちリボンケース21内には、貼合せテープロール64、インクリボンロール72、巻取スプール76、およびローラ80が収容される。上述したように、リボンケース21は、テープケース20に対して下方に重ねて配置されている。テープケース20内に収容された印刷テープロール26およびスペーサフィルム38を、第2空間S2内で前後方向および左右方向に広がる投影面上に対し上下方向に投影した場合、印刷テープロール26およびスペーサフィルム38の投影位置は図16の一点鎖線で示される。なお、スペーサフィルム38は印刷テープロール26と略同じ直径を有するので、図16では印刷テープロール26を表す一点鎖線のみを記載する。図16に示すように、貼合せテープロール64、インクリボンロール72及び巻取スプール76は、印刷テープロール26と上下方向に重なる位置に配置されている。貼合せテープロール64の少なくとも一部及び貼合せテープスプール62の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープロール26と上下方向に重なっている。より詳細には、貼合せテープロール64の一部及び貼合せテープスプール62の一部は、それぞれ印刷テープスプール24及び印刷テープスプール24に巻回された印刷テープ22と上下方向に重なっている。 FIG. 16 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 16. The bonding tape roll 64, the ink ribbon roll 72, the take-up spool 76, and the roller 80 are housed in the second space S2 between the third case member 16 and the fourth case member 18, that is, in the ribbon case 21. Ribbon. As described above, the ribbon case 21 is arranged so as to be overlapped downward with respect to the tape case 20. When the printing tape roll 26 and the spacer film 38 housed in the tape case 20 are projected vertically on the projection surface spreading in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction in the second space S2, the printing tape roll 26 and the spacer film 38 are projected. The projected position of 38 is indicated by a single point chain line in FIG. Since the spacer film 38 has substantially the same diameter as the printing tape roll 26, only the alternate long and short dash line representing the printing tape roll 26 is shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 16, the bonding tape roll 64, the ink ribbon roll 72, and the take-up spool 76 are arranged at positions where they overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the vertical direction. At least a part of the bonding tape roll 64 and at least a part of the bonding tape spool 62 overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the vertical direction. More specifically, a part of the bonding tape roll 64 and a part of the bonding tape spool 62 overlap the printing tape spool 24 and the printing tape 22 wound around the printing tape spool 24 in the vertical direction, respectively.
 図16において、印刷テープロール26およびそれと略同径のスペーサフィルム38は、貼合せテープスプール62を有する貼合せテープロール64の少なくとも一部およびその第2回転中心線C2、インクリボンロール72の少なくとも一部およびその第3回転中心線C3、巻取スプール76の少なくとも一部およびその第4回転中心線C4、凹部99および凹部壁16cの少なくとも一部と上下方向において重なっている。印刷テープロール26およびスペーサフィルム38を上下方向に投影した場合、その投影面の中に、貼合せテープロール64およびその第2回転中心線C2、インクリボンロール72およびその第3回転中心線C3、および巻取スプール76およびその第4回転中心線C4、凹部99および凹部壁16cが位置している。また、凹部99および凹部壁16cの少なくとも一部は、印刷テープスプール24と上下方向において重なっている。また、左右方向において、印刷テープロール26の一部および印刷テープスプール24の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、凹部99の左右方向の一方側端部である右側端部99aと他方側端部である左側端部99bとの間に位置している。また、印刷テープスプール24の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、左右方向において排出口130と凹部99の右側端部99aとの間に位置している。また、貼合せテープスプール62は、左右方向において凹部99の右側端部99aと左側端部99bとの間に位置している。特に貼合せテープスプール62の回転中心でもある第2回転中心線C2は、左右方向において凹部99の右側端部99aと排出口130との間に位置している。さらに、図16において、前後方向および左右方向において、カセット10の前後方向の中心且つ左右方向の中心である中心位置Mから印刷テープロール26の第1回転中心線C1までの距離は、中心位置Mから凹部99までの距離よりも小さく設定されている。 In FIG. 16, the printing tape roll 26 and the spacer film 38 having substantially the same diameter thereof are at least a part of the bonding tape roll 64 having the bonding tape spool 62, its second rotation center line C2, and at least the ink ribbon roll 72. It overlaps a part and its third rotation center line C3, at least a part of the take-up spool 76 and its fourth rotation center line C4, a recess 99 and at least a part of the recess wall 16c in the vertical direction. When the printing tape roll 26 and the spacer film 38 are projected in the vertical direction, the bonded tape roll 64 and its second rotation center line C2, the ink ribbon roll 72 and its third rotation center line C3, are formed in the projection surface. And the take-up spool 76 and its fourth rotation center line C4, recess 99 and recess wall 16c are located. Further, at least a part of the recess 99 and the recess wall 16c overlaps the printing tape spool 24 in the vertical direction. Further, in the left-right direction, a part of the printing tape roll 26 and the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 24 are the right end portion 99a and the other side which are the one-side end portions of the recess 99 in the left-right direction. It is located between the left end portion 99b, which is the end portion. Further, the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 24 is located between the discharge port 130 and the right end portion 99a of the recess 99 in the left-right direction. Further, the bonding tape spool 62 is located between the right end portion 99a and the left end portion 99b of the recess 99 in the left-right direction. In particular, the second rotation center line C2, which is also the rotation center of the bonding tape spool 62, is located between the right end portion 99a of the recess 99 and the discharge port 130 in the left-right direction. Further, in FIG. 16, the distance from the center position M, which is the center of the cassette 10 in the front-rear direction and the center in the left-right direction, to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 26 in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction is the center position M. It is set to be smaller than the distance from the recess 99 to the recess 99.
 図17は、図6のXVII-XVII視断面図である。上下方向において、印刷テープロール26の上下方向の一方側(下側)端部と、貼合せテープロール64の上下方向の他方側(上側)端部との間の距離Dは、貼合せテープ60の幅寸法W1よりも小さい。印刷テープ22と貼合せテープ60とは同じ幅寸法であるので、距離Dは、印刷テープロール26の幅寸法よりも小さい。 FIG. 17 is a sectional view taken along line XVII-XVII of FIG. In the vertical direction, the distance D between one side (lower side) end of the printing tape roll 26 in the vertical direction and the other side (upper side) end of the bonding tape roll 64 in the vertical direction is the bonding tape 60. Is smaller than the width dimension W1 of. Since the printing tape 22 and the bonding tape 60 have the same width dimension, the distance D is smaller than the width dimension of the printing tape roll 26.
 図18は、印刷システム122に含まれる印刷装置102の一部に設けられたカセット装着部104を示している。カセット装着部104には、嵌め入れられたカセット10を位置決めする矩形の位置決め穴112と、位置決め穴112の下面に立設された巻取スプール駆動軸108およびローラ駆動軸110とが設けられている。位置決め穴112は、カセット10の下ケースであるリボンケース21の一部を収容する収容部として機能している。これら巻取スプール駆動軸108およびローラ駆動軸110は、図示しないステップモータによりギヤ機構を介して同じ方向に回転駆動される。また、カセット装着部104の位置決め穴112の下面には、熱式の印刷ヘッド(サーマルプリントヘッド)106が固着されたヘッド保持板114が立設されており、プラテンローラ116および押圧ローラ118が回転可能に先端部に設けられたプラテン保持部材120がその基端部まわりに回動可能に設けられている。ヘッド保持板114は、たとえばアルミニウム製の金属板であって、印刷ヘッドのヒートシンクを兼ねている。 FIG. 18 shows a cassette mounting portion 104 provided in a part of the printing apparatus 102 included in the printing system 122. The cassette mounting portion 104 is provided with a rectangular positioning hole 112 for positioning the fitted cassette 10, and a take-up spool drive shaft 108 and a roller drive shaft 110 erected on the lower surface of the positioning hole 112. .. The positioning hole 112 functions as an accommodating portion for accommodating a part of the ribbon case 21, which is the lower case of the cassette 10. The take-up spool drive shaft 108 and the roller drive shaft 110 are rotationally driven in the same direction via a gear mechanism by a step motor (not shown). Further, a head holding plate 114 to which a thermal print head (thermal print head) 106 is fixed is erected on the lower surface of the positioning hole 112 of the cassette mounting portion 104, and the platen roller 116 and the pressing roller 118 rotate. A platen holding member 120 provided at the tip end portion is rotatably provided around the base end portion thereof. The head holding plate 114 is, for example, a metal plate made of aluminum, which also serves as a heat sink for the print head.
 カセット10が、印刷装置102のカセット装着部104に装着されると、カセット装着部104に立設された巻取スプール駆動軸108およびローラ駆動軸110が巻取スプール76およびローラ80に連結される。次いで、カセット10がカセット装着部104に装着された状態で印刷装置102の図示しないカバーが閉じられると、プラテン保持部材120がその基端部まわりに回動させられて、プラテンローラ116および押圧ローラ118が印刷ヘッド106およびカセット10のローラ80へ押圧されるようになっている。印刷装置102とカセット10とが、印刷システム122を構成している。 When the cassette 10 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing apparatus 102, the take-up spool drive shaft 108 and the roller drive shaft 110 erected on the cassette mounting portion 104 are connected to the take-up spool 76 and the roller 80. .. Next, when a cover (not shown) of the printing apparatus 102 is closed with the cassette 10 mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104, the platen holding member 120 is rotated around its base end portion, and the platen roller 116 and the pressing roller are rotated. The 118 is pressed against the print head 106 and the roller 80 of the cassette 10. The printing device 102 and the cassette 10 constitute a printing system 122.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、(a)回転可能であり、被印刷媒体である印刷テープ22が巻回された印刷テープロール26と、(b)印刷テープロール26に対して印刷テープ22の幅方向である第1方向の一方側(下方側)に位置する外周壁16wであって、前記第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁16aと、第1方向に直交し、且つ、前記第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁16bと、第2側壁16bから第2方向の一方側において第3方向に延びる凹部99を規定する凹部壁16cとを備える外周壁16wと、を備え、(c)凹部99の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープロール26と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、印刷テープロール26とその下側の凹部壁16cとが第1方向すなわち上下方向において重ねられ、凹部99の少なくとも一部が印刷テープロール26と第1方向に重ねられているので、カセット10は、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, (a) the print tape roll 26 around which the print tape 22 which is rotatable and is the printing medium is wound, and (b) the print tape 22 with respect to the print tape roll 26. The outer peripheral wall 16w located on one side (lower side) of the first direction, which is the width direction of the above, is orthogonal to the first side wall 16a extending in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction, and is orthogonal to the first direction. An outer peripheral wall including a second side wall 16b extending in a third direction intersecting the second direction and a concave wall 16c defining a recess 99 extending in the third direction from the second side wall 16b on one side in the second direction. 16w, and (c) at least a part of the recess 99 overlaps the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction. As a result, the printing tape roll 26 and the concave wall 16c below the printing tape roll 26 are overlapped in the first direction, that is, in the vertical direction, and at least a part of the concave portion 99 is overlapped with the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction. 10 is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、印刷テープロール26は、回転可能な印刷テープスプール24に印刷テープ22が巻回されてなり、凹部壁16cの少なくとも一部は、印刷テープスプール24と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット10は、凹部壁16cの少なくとも一部が印刷テープスプール24と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, in the printing tape roll 26, the printing tape 22 is wound around the rotatable printing tape spool 24, and at least a part of the concave wall 16c is the printing tape spool 24 and the first. It overlaps in the direction. As a result, the cassette 10 is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the concave wall 16c does not overlap the printing tape spool 24 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、凹部99の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープスプール24と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット10は、凹部99の少なくとも一部が印刷テープスプール24と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, at least a part of the recess 99 overlaps with the printing tape spool 24 in the first direction. As a result, the cassette 10 is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than in the case where at least a part of the recess 99 does not overlap the printing tape spool 24 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、第3方向において、印刷テープロール26の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部16aと他方側端部16bとの間に位置している。これにより、カセット10は、凹部99の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, in the third direction, the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape roll 26 is the one side end portion 16a and the other side end portion 16b of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is located between and. As a result, the cassette 10 is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than when the recess 99 is not located between the one-side end portion and the other-side end portion in the third direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、印刷テープロール26は、回転可能な印刷テープスプール24に印刷テープ22が巻回されてなり、第3方向において、印刷テープスプール24の少なくとも一部は、凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセットは、印刷テープスプール24の少なくとも一部が凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部16aと他方側端部16bとの間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, in the printing tape roll 26, the printing tape 22 is wound around the rotatable printing tape spool 24, and in the third direction, at least a part of the printing tape spool 24 is recessed. It is located between one side end and the other side end of 99 in the third direction. As a result, the cassette is orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the printing tape spool 24 is not located between the one side end portion 16a and the other side end portion 16b of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、第3方向において、印刷テープスプール24の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、排出口130と凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセット10は、印刷テープスプール24の第1回転中心線C1が排出口130と凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, in the third direction, the first rotation center line C1, which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 24, is between the discharge port 130 and one end of the recess 99 in the third direction. Is located in. As a result, the cassette 10 is orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape spool 24 is not located between the discharge port 130 and one end of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、印刷テープロール26が収容されたテープケース(第1ケース)20と、テープケース20に対して第1方向の前記一方側に位置し、外周壁16wを有するリボンケース(第2ケース)21とを備え、リボンケース21は、第2側壁16bにより規定される排出口130であって、第3方向において凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部16aと他方側端部16bとの間に位置し、印刷テープロール26から供給される印刷テープ22がテープケース20から凹部99に排出される排出口130を備え、第3方向において、印刷テープスプール26の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、排出口130と凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセット10は、第3方向において、印刷テープスプール26の第1回転中心線C1が排出口130と凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部16aとの間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, the tape case (first case) 20 in which the printing tape roll 26 is housed and the outer peripheral wall 16w are located on the one side of the tape case 20 in the first direction. A ribbon case (second case) 21 is provided, and the ribbon case 21 is a discharge port 130 defined by a second side wall 16b, and is a recess 99 in the third direction and one end portion 16a in the third direction and the other. A discharge port 130 located between the side end portion 16b and the printing tape 22 supplied from the printing tape roll 26 is discharged from the tape case 20 to the recess 99, and the rotation of the printing tape spool 26 in the third direction. The first rotation center line C1, which is the center, is located between the discharge port 130 and one end of the recess 99 in the third direction. As a result, in the cassette 10, the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape spool 26 is not located between the discharge port 130 and the one-sided end portion 16a of the recess 99 in the third direction in the third direction. Is also miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、凹部99は、テープケース(第1ケース)20の少なくとも一部と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセットは、凹部99がテープケース(第1ケース)20の少なくとも一部と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, the recess 99 overlaps at least a part of the tape case (first case) 20 in the first direction. As a result, the cassette is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than in the case where the recess 99 does not overlap with at least a part of the tape case (first case) 20 in the first direction.
本実施形態のカセット10によれば、印刷テープロール26に対して第1方向の一方側に位置し、印刷テープロール26から供給される印刷テープ22への印刷に使用されるインクリボン68が巻回され、回転可能な供給スプール70と、印刷テープロール26に対して第1方向の一方側に位置し、供給スプール70から供給されるインクリボン68を巻き取るように回転可能な巻取スプール76とを、備え、供給スプール70の少なくとも一部及び巻取スプール76の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープロール26と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット10は、供給スプール70の少なくとも一部及び巻取スプール76の少なくとも一部が印刷テープロール26と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, the ink ribbon 68 located on one side of the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction and used for printing on the printing tape 22 supplied from the printing tape roll 26 is wound. A take-up spool 76 that is located on one side of the first direction with respect to the rotating and rotatable feed spool 70 and the printing tape roll 26 and is rotatable so as to wind the ink ribbon 68 supplied from the feed spool 70. At least a part of the supply spool 70 and at least a part of the take-up spool 76 overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction. As a result, the cassette 10 is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than when at least a part of the supply spool 70 and at least a part of the take-up spool 76 do not overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction. Will be done.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、印刷テープロール26に対して第1方向の一方側に位置し、印刷テープ22に貼り合わされる貼合せテープ60が巻回され、回転可能な貼合せテープロール64を備え、貼合せテープロール64の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープロール26と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット10は、貼合せテープロール64の少なくとも一部が印刷テープロール26と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, the bonding tape 60 located on one side of the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction and bonded to the printing tape 22 is wound around and can be rotated. 64 is provided, and at least a part of the bonding tape roll 64 overlaps the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction. As a result, the cassette 10 is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the bonding tape roll 64 does not overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、貼合せテープロール64は、貼合せテープ60が貼合せテープスプール62に巻回されて構成され、貼合せテープスプール62は、印刷テープロール26と第1方向において重なっている。これにより、カセット10は、貼合せテープスプール62が印刷テープロール26と第1方向において重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, the bonding tape roll 64 is configured by winding the bonding tape 60 around the bonding tape spool 62, and the bonding tape spool 62 is in the first direction with the printing tape roll 26. Overlapping in. As a result, the cassette 10 is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than when the bonding tape spool 62 does not overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、第3方向において、貼合せテープスプール62の回転中心である第2回転中心線C2は、凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部16bとの間に位置している。これにより、カセット10は、貼合せテープスプール62の第2回転中心線C2が凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部16bとの間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, in the third direction, the second rotation center line C2, which is the rotation center of the bonding tape spool 62, is the one-side end portion and the other-side end portion 16b of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is located between and. As a result, the cassette 10 is moved up and down as compared with the case where the second rotation center line C2 of the bonding tape spool 62 is not located between the one-side end portion and the other-side end portion 16b of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、第2方向および第3方向において、カセット10の第2方向の中心且つ第3方向の中心である中心位置Mから印刷テープロール26の第1回転中心線C1までの距離は、中心位置Mから凹部99までの距離よりも小さい。これにより、カセット10は、カセット10の中心位置Mから印刷テープロール26の第1回転中心線C1までの距離が中心位置Mから凹部99までの距離よりも大きい場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, in the second direction and the third direction, the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 26 starts from the center position M which is the center of the cassette 10 in the second direction and the center of the third direction. The distance to is smaller than the distance from the center position M to the recess 99. As a result, the cassette 10 is orthogonal in the vertical direction more than when the distance from the center position M of the cassette 10 to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 26 is larger than the distance from the center position M to the recess 99. It is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、(a)印刷テープ22が巻回された印刷テープロール26と、(b)第1方向において、印刷テープロール26に当接するスペーサフィルム38と、(c)外周壁16wのうちの印刷テープスロール26およびスペーサフィルム38に対して第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁16wの一部であって、第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁16aと、第1方向に直交し、且つ第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁16bと、第2側壁16bから第2方向の一方側に延びる凹部であって、第2側壁16bよりも第2方向の一方側(図16の左側)において第3方向に延びる凹部99を規定するようにU字状に形成された凹部壁16cと、を備え、(d)凹部99の少なくとも一部は、スペーサフィルム38と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、凹部99の少なくとも一部がスペーサフィルム38と第1方向に重なっているので、カセット10が上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化され得る。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, (a) a printing tape roll 26 around which the printing tape 22 is wound, (b) a spacer film 38 that abuts on the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction, and (c). A first side wall of the outer peripheral wall 16w that is a part of the outer peripheral wall 16w located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll 26 and the spacer film 38 and extends in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction. 16a, a second side wall 16b extending in a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and intersecting the second direction, and a recess extending from the second side wall 16b to one side in the second direction, the second side wall 16b. A recess wall 16c formed in a U shape so as to define a recess 99 extending in the third direction on one side of the second direction (left side in FIG. 16), and (d) at least one of the recess 99. The portion overlaps the spacer film 38 in the first direction. As a result, at least a part of the recess 99 overlaps the spacer film 38 in the first direction, so that the cassette 10 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
[実施形態2]
 次に、本発明の他の実施形態を説明する。以下の説明において、実施形態相互に共通する部分には同一の符号を付して説明を省略する。
[Embodiment 2]
Next, other embodiments of the present invention will be described. In the following description, the same reference numerals will be given to the parts common to the embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.
 図19は、本発明の他の実施形態である貼合せテープロール64を用いないノンラミネートタイプのカセット210を正面側すなわち上面から示す斜視図であり、図20は、カセット210を裏面側すなわち下面から示す斜視図である。カセット210は、全体として直方体状を成し、寸法が少し相違し且つローラ駆動軸110を備えないだけで図18と同様に構成されたプリンタに着脱可能に装着される。以後においては、そのプリンタとして、図18の印刷装置102を用いて説明する。本実施形態のカセット210は、貼合せテープロール64およびローラ80を備えないノンラミネートタイプであるため、ラミネートタイプであるカセット10と比較して小型である。カセット210は、カセット10と同様に、第1ケース部材212および第2ケース部材214から構成される第1ケースすなわちテープケース220と、第3ケース部材216および第4ケース部材218から構成される第2ケースすなわちリボンケース221とを備えている。第1ケース部材212から第4ケース部材218は、図18に示す上下方向に積み重ねられている。第1ケース部材212、第2ケース部材214、第3ケース部材216および第4ケース部材218は、相互に重ねられた状態で、相互の外周壁間にそれぞれ設けられた複数の係止爪227と固定爪228との係合と位置決め突起229による位置決めとによって相互に固定される。なお、本実施形態において、各ケース部材212~218の上側の面を上面もしくは正面と称し、下側の面を下面もしくは裏面と称す。 FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing a non-laminated type cassette 210 that does not use the bonding tape roll 64, which is another embodiment of the present invention, from the front side, that is, the upper surface, and FIG. 20 shows the cassette 210 on the back side, that is, the lower surface. It is a perspective view shown from. The cassette 210 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole, and is detachably attached to a printer configured in the same manner as in FIG. 18 except that the dimensions are slightly different and the roller drive shaft 110 is not provided. Hereinafter, the printer will be described using the printing device 102 of FIG. Since the cassette 210 of the present embodiment is a non-laminated type that does not include the laminating tape roll 64 and the roller 80, it is smaller than the laminated type cassette 10. Like the cassette 10, the cassette 210 is composed of a first case, that is, a tape case 220 composed of a first case member 212 and a second case member 214, and a third case member 216 and a fourth case member 218. It includes two cases, that is, a ribbon case 221. The first case member 212 to the fourth case member 218 are stacked in the vertical direction shown in FIG. The first case member 212, the second case member 214, the third case member 216, and the fourth case member 218 are overlapped with each other and have a plurality of locking claws 227 provided between the outer peripheral walls of each other. They are fixed to each other by engaging with the fixing claw 228 and positioning by the positioning protrusion 229. In the present embodiment, the upper surface of each case member 212 to 218 is referred to as an upper surface or a front surface, and the lower surface is referred to as a lower surface or a back surface.
 リボンケース221は、テープケース220に対して上下方向の一方側に位置する。本実施形態では、リボンケース221は、テープケース220に対して上下方向の一方側である下側に位置する。テープケース220は、内部に形成された第1空間S1に被印刷媒体である印刷テープ222が巻回された印刷テープロール226を回転可能に収容する。印刷テープロール226は、帯状の印刷テープ222が円筒状の軸芯材である印刷テープスプール224に巻回されて構成される。印刷テープ222は、印刷テープ222の幅方向が第1方向である上下方向となるように巻回されている。印刷テープロール226の径方向は前後方向及び左右方向であり、径方向は上下方向に直交する直交方向である。直交方向は、上下方向に直交する平面に平行な任意の方向とも言い換えることができる。印刷テープ222、印刷テープスプール224、および印刷テープロール226は、被印刷媒体、印刷媒体スプール、および印刷媒体ロールに対応している。リボンケース221は、内部に形成された第2空間S2にインクリボンロール272と巻取スプール272を回転可能に収容する。インクリボンロール272は、帯状のインクリボン268が、インクリボン268幅方向が上下方向となるように巻取スプール276に巻回されて構成される。インクリボン268は、帯状の印刷テープ222への印刷に使用される。巻取スプール276は、インクリボンロール272から引き出されたインクリボン268を巻き取る。 The ribbon case 221 is located on one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 220. In the present embodiment, the ribbon case 221 is located on the lower side, which is one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 220. The tape case 220 rotatably accommodates a printing tape roll 226 in which a printing tape 222, which is a printing medium, is wound in a first space S1 formed inside. The printing tape roll 226 is configured by winding a strip-shaped printing tape 222 around a printing tape spool 224 which is a cylindrical shaft core material. The printing tape 222 is wound so that the width direction of the printing tape 222 is the vertical direction, which is the first direction. The radial direction of the printing tape roll 226 is the front-rear direction and the left-right direction, and the radial direction is an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction. The orthogonal direction can be rephrased as an arbitrary direction parallel to a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction. The print tape 222, the print tape spool 224, and the print tape roll 226 correspond to the print medium, the print medium spool, and the print medium roll. The ribbon case 221 rotatably accommodates the ink ribbon roll 272 and the take-up spool 272 in the second space S2 formed inside. The ink ribbon roll 272 is configured by winding a strip-shaped ink ribbon 268 around a take-up spool 276 so that the width direction of the ink ribbon 268 is in the vertical direction. The ink ribbon 268 is used for printing on a strip-shaped printing tape 222. The take-up spool 276 winds up the ink ribbon 268 drawn from the ink ribbon roll 272.
 図20に示すように、カセット210の第4ケース部材218の下面には、巻取スプール支持穴294が設けられている。巻取スプール支持穴294から、後述の巻取スプール276の連結穴296が露出している。連結296は、カセット210が印刷装置102のカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、カセット装着部104に設けられた巻取スプール駆動軸108が差し入れられる。また、第3ケース部材216および第4ケース部材218の側面、すなわちリボンケース221の外周壁216wのうちの一部および第2ケース部材214の外周壁の一部には、凹部299が形成されている。凹部299は、カセット210が印刷装置102のカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、カセット装着部104に設けられた印刷ヘッド106が挿入される。図20に示すように、凹部299の上端は第2ケース部材214の下側の面で規定されている。 As shown in FIG. 20, a take-up spool support hole 294 is provided on the lower surface of the fourth case member 218 of the cassette 210. From the take-up spool support hole 294, the connecting hole 296 of the take-up spool 276, which will be described later, is exposed. In the connection 296, when the cassette 210 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing apparatus 102, the take-up spool drive shaft 108 provided on the cassette mounting portion 104 is inserted. Further, recesses 299 are formed on the side surfaces of the third case member 216 and the fourth case member 218, that is, a part of the outer peripheral wall 216w of the ribbon case 221 and a part of the outer peripheral wall of the second case member 214. There is. When the cassette 210 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102, the printing head 106 provided in the cassette mounting portion 104 is inserted into the recess 299. As shown in FIG. 20, the upper end of the recess 299 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 214.
 図21は、第1ケース部材212、第2ケース部材214、第3ケース部材216、および第4ケース部材218を分離させて、カセット210の内部構成を説明する斜視図である。図22は、第1ケース部材212の上面側を示す正面図であり、図23は第1ケース部材212の下面側を示す斜視図である。図24は第2ケース部材214の上面側を示す斜視図であり、図25は第2ケース部材214の下面側を示す斜視図であり、図26は印刷テープ222がテープケース220内からリボンケース221内へ架け渡されている状態を示す、図24のXXVI-XXVI視断面図である。図27は第2ケース部材214の側面図である。図28は第3ケース部材216の上面側を示す斜視部であり、図29は第3ケース部材216の下面側を示す斜視部である。図30は第4ケース部材218の上面側を示す斜視部であり、図31は第4ケース部材218の下面側を示す下面図である。 FIG. 21 is a perspective view for explaining the internal configuration of the cassette 210 by separating the first case member 212, the second case member 214, the third case member 216, and the fourth case member 218. FIG. 22 is a front view showing the upper surface side of the first case member 212, and FIG. 23 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the first case member 212. FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing the upper surface side of the second case member 214, FIG. 25 is a perspective view showing the lower surface side of the second case member 214, and FIG. 26 shows the printing tape 222 from inside the tape case 220 to the ribbon case. It is a cross-sectional view of XXVI-XXVI of FIG. 24 showing a state of being bridged in 221. FIG. 27 is a side view of the second case member 214. FIG. 28 is a perspective portion showing the upper surface side of the third case member 216, and FIG. 29 is a perspective portion showing the lower surface side of the third case member 216. FIG. 30 is a perspective portion showing the upper surface side of the fourth case member 218, and FIG. 31 is a bottom view showing the lower surface side of the fourth case member 218.
 第1ケース部材212と第2ケース部材214との間の第1空間S1には、印刷テープロール226が上下方向に平行な第1回転中心線C1まわりに回転可能に収容されている。第1ケース部材212および第2ケース部材214は長方形状であって、第1回転中心線C1は、第1ケース部材212および第2ケース部材214における、第2方向である左右方向の中央略右寄り、且つ、第3方向である前後方向の略中央付近に位置している。印刷テープ222は、たとえば図34に示すように、剥離テープ222cが被印刷テープ222aの印刷面とは反対側の面に、粘着剤222bを介して積層されることにより構成されたものである。 In the first space S1 between the first case member 212 and the second case member 214, the printing tape roll 226 is rotatably housed around the first rotation center line C1 parallel to the vertical direction. The first case member 212 and the second case member 214 have a rectangular shape, and the first rotation center line C1 is substantially rightward to the center of the first case member 212 and the second case member 214 in the left-right direction, which is the second direction. Moreover, it is located near the center of the front-back direction, which is the third direction. As shown in FIG. 34, for example, the printing tape 222 is configured by laminating the release tape 222c on the surface of the tape to be printed 222a on the side opposite to the printing surface via the adhesive 222b.
 図21、図23に示すように、第1ケース部材212の下面側には、円筒状の第1支持突起230と第1円周壁234とが設けられる。第1支持突起230は、円筒状の印刷テープスプール224に挿入され印刷テープロール226を回転可能に支持する。第1円周壁234は、印刷テープロール226の外径よりも大きい内径を有する。第1支持突起230と第1円周壁234は、第1回転中心線C1と同じ中心線を有する状態で第1ケース部材212の下面側から下向きに突設されている。図24及び図25に示すように、第2ケース部材214の上面側には、円筒状の第2支持突起232と、第2円周壁236とが設けられる。第2支持突起232は、円筒状の印刷テープスプール224に挿入され印刷テープロール226を回転可能に支持する。第2円周壁236は、印刷テープロール226の外径よりも大きい内径を有する。第2支持突起232と第2円周壁236は、第1回転中心線C1と同じ中心線を有する状態で第2ケース部材214の上面側から上向きに突設されている。印刷テープロール226は、印刷テープロール226の外径と略同じ外径を有する円形のスペーサフィルム238を印刷テープロール226の上下にそれぞれ介在させた状態で第1ケース部材212と第2ケース部材214との間に配設されている。 As shown in FIGS. 21 and 23, a cylindrical first support projection 230 and a first circumferential wall 234 are provided on the lower surface side of the first case member 212. The first support protrusion 230 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 224 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 226. The first circumferential wall 234 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 226. The first support protrusion 230 and the first circumferential wall 234 project downward from the lower surface side of the first case member 212 in a state of having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1. As shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, a cylindrical second support protrusion 232 and a second circumferential wall 236 are provided on the upper surface side of the second case member 214. The second support protrusion 232 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 224 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 226. The second circumferential wall 236 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 226. The second support protrusion 232 and the second circumferential wall 236 project upward from the upper surface side of the second case member 214 while having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1. The printing tape roll 226 has a first case member 212 and a second case member 214 in a state where a circular spacer film 238 having an outer diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 226 is interposed above and below the printing tape roll 226, respectively. It is arranged between and.
 第1ケース部材212の下面側および第2部材214ケースの上面側には、図23および図24に示すように、印刷テープロール226から印刷テープ222を一定の位置から引き出すために第1円周壁234および第2円周壁236の一部を切り欠いて形成した印刷テープゲート40、42が形成されている。図23に示すように第1ケース部材212の下面側には、印刷テープロール226から引き出された印刷テープ222を一定の方向に案内するために、印刷テープゲート240から左側へ延びる案内壁248が形成されている。図24に示すように、第2ケース部材214の上面側には、印刷テープロール226から引き出された印刷テープ222を一定の方向に案内するために、印刷テープゲート242の左端から左側へ延びる案内壁250が形成されている。 On the lower surface side of the first case member 212 and the upper surface side of the second member 214 case, as shown in FIGS. 23 and 24, a first circumferential wall is used to pull out the printing tape 222 from the printing tape roll 226 from a fixed position. Printing tape gates 40 and 42 formed by cutting out a part of 234 and the second circumferential wall 236 are formed. As shown in FIG. 23, on the lower surface side of the first case member 212, a guide wall 248 extending to the left from the printing tape gate 240 is provided to guide the printing tape 222 pulled out from the printing tape roll 226 in a certain direction. It is formed. As shown in FIG. 24, on the upper surface side of the second case member 214, a guide extending from the left end to the left side of the print tape gate 242 in order to guide the print tape 222 pulled out from the print tape roll 226 in a certain direction. A wall 250 is formed.
 図24に示すように、第2ケース部材214の底板214aには、第2円周壁236と外周壁246の短辺部246aおよび長辺部46bとの間に沿って前後方向及び左右方向に延びる正面視略L字状の貫通穴252が形成されている。第2円周壁236のうち短辺部246aおよび長辺部46bの角部と対向する部分と貫通穴252との間において複数の案内リブ254が形成されている。複数の案内リブ254は、印刷テープロール226から巻き出され且つ印刷テープゲート240および242を通して送り出された印刷テープ222を貫通穴252内へ案内する。図25は、第1ケース部材212を取り除いたカセット210を示す。図25に示すように、印刷テープロール226から巻き出された印刷テープ222が、貫通穴252を通して第3ケース部材216と第4ケース部材218との間の第2空間内S2へ導かれている。印刷テープ222は、第1空間S1と第2空間内S2との間を区画する底板214aに形成された貫通穴252を通して、テープケース220とリボンケース221とに架け渡されている。 As shown in FIG. 24, the bottom plate 214a of the second case member 214 extends in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction along between the second circumferential wall 236 and the short side portion 246a and the long side portion 46b of the outer peripheral wall 246. A substantially L-shaped through hole 252 in front view is formed. A plurality of guide ribs 254 are formed between the portion of the second circumferential wall 236 facing the corners of the short side portion 246a and the long side portion 46b and the through hole 252. The plurality of guide ribs 254 guide the print tape 222 unwound from the print tape roll 226 and sent out through the print tape gates 240 and 242 into the through hole 252. FIG. 25 shows the cassette 210 from which the first case member 212 has been removed. As shown in FIG. 25, the printing tape 222 unwound from the printing tape roll 226 is guided to S2 in the second space between the third case member 216 and the fourth case member 218 through the through hole 252. .. The printing tape 222 is bridged between the tape case 220 and the ribbon case 221 through a through hole 252 formed in a bottom plate 214a that partitions between the first space S1 and the second space S2.
 図26に示すように、印刷テープ222が、貫通穴252を通して、テープケース220内からリボンケース221内へ斜めに架け渡される。より詳細には、後述する図33に示すように、印刷テープ222は、リボンケース221の凹部299にまで架け渡されている。図27は、第2ケース部材214の下面側を示している。図27に示すように、第2ケース部材214の底板214aの裏面には、貫通穴252が開口しており、貫通穴252に沿って案内壁256が上下方向に立設されている。図28は、第3ケース部材216の上面側を示している。第3ケース部材216の天井板216eには、貫通穴258と、インクリボン支持穴274と、巻取スプール支持穴278とが、形成されている。貫通穴258は、印刷テープロール226から引き出された印刷テープ222を第2空間S2へ通すために、第2ケース部材214の貫通穴252に対応する位置に形成されている。つまり、貫通穴252の一部と貫通穴258の一部は上下方向において互いに重複している。 As shown in FIG. 26, the printing tape 222 is obliquely laid from the inside of the tape case 220 into the ribbon case 221 through the through hole 252. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 33 described later, the printing tape 222 extends to the recess 299 of the ribbon case 221. FIG. 27 shows the lower surface side of the second case member 214. As shown in FIG. 27, a through hole 252 is opened on the back surface of the bottom plate 214a of the second case member 214, and a guide wall 256 is erected in the vertical direction along the through hole 252. FIG. 28 shows the upper surface side of the third case member 216. The ceiling plate 216e of the third case member 216 is formed with a through hole 258, an ink ribbon support hole 274, and a take-up spool support hole 278. The through hole 258 is formed at a position corresponding to the through hole 252 of the second case member 214 in order to pass the printing tape 222 drawn out from the printing tape roll 226 to the second space S2. That is, a part of the through hole 252 and a part of the through hole 258 overlap each other in the vertical direction.
 第2ケース部材214の底板214aおよび第3ケース部材216の天井板216eは、テープケース220内の第1空間S1とリボンケース221内の第2空間S2とを区画する。 The bottom plate 214a of the second case member 214 and the ceiling plate 216e of the third case member 216 partition the first space S1 in the tape case 220 and the second space S2 in the ribbon case 221.
 インクリボン支持穴274は、インクリボン268が巻回された供給スプール270の一端を嵌め入れてインクリボンロール272を第1回転中心線C1と平行な第3回転中心線C3まわりに回転可能に支持する。巻取スプール支持穴278は、インクリボンロール272から巻き出されたインクリボン268を巻き取る巻取スプール276の一端を嵌め入れて巻取スプール276を第1回転中心線C1と平行な第4回転中心線C4まわりに回転可能に支持する。 The ink ribbon support hole 274 rotatably supports the ink ribbon roll 272 around the third rotation center line C3 parallel to the first rotation center line C1 by fitting one end of the supply spool 270 around which the ink ribbon 268 is wound. To do. The take-up spool support hole 278 is a fourth rotation in which one end of the take-up spool 276 that winds up the ink ribbon 268 unwound from the ink ribbon roll 272 is fitted and the take-up spool 276 is parallel to the first rotation center line C1. It is rotatably supported around the center line C4.
 図29に示すように、第3ケース部材216の下面には、インクリボンロール保持壁286と、円筒状突起288とが、形成されている。インクリボンロール保持壁286は、巻取スプール276に巻き取られたインクリボン268のインクリボンロールの配置位置を規定するために巻取スプール支持穴278の周囲に巻取スプール支持穴278を中心とする円弧状に形成されている。円筒状突起288の先端面には、インクリボン支持穴274の周囲から下方に突設され且つ先端面に周方向に並ぶ凹凸が形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 29, an ink ribbon roll holding wall 286 and a cylindrical protrusion 288 are formed on the lower surface of the third case member 216. The ink ribbon roll holding wall 286 is centered around the take-up spool support hole 278 around the take-up spool support hole 278 in order to define the arrangement position of the ink ribbon roll of the ink ribbon 268 wound on the take-up spool 276. It is formed in an arc shape. The tip surface of the cylindrical protrusion 288 is formed with irregularities that project downward from the periphery of the ink ribbon support hole 274 and are arranged in the circumferential direction on the tip surface.
 図21に示されるように、インクリボン268が巻回された供給スプール270の一端と円筒状突起288の先端面との間には、クラッチばねを収容したクラッチばねホルダ290が介在させられており、供給スプール70がクラッチばねホルダ90内のクラッチばねによって、インクリボンロール72には適度の回転抵抗が付与されるようになっている。 As shown in FIG. 21, a clutch spring holder 290 accommodating a clutch spring is interposed between one end of the supply spool 270 around which the ink ribbon 268 is wound and the tip surface of the cylindrical protrusion 288. The supply spool 70 is provided with an appropriate rotational resistance to the ink ribbon roll 72 by the clutch spring in the clutch spring holder 90.
 図30および図31は、第4ケース部材218の上面および下面を示している。第4ケース部材18側において巻取スプール76の他端を嵌め入れて巻取スプール76を回転可能に支持する巻取スプール支持穴294が第4ケース部材218を貫通して形成されている。第4ケース部材218には、供給スプール270の他端を嵌め入れて供給スプール270を回転可能に支持する円筒状の支持突起297が形成されている。巻取スプール276の他端側の端面に形成された連結穴296が、図21に示すように巻取スプール支持穴294を通して第4ケース部材218の下面に露出させられる。カセット210が印刷装置102に装着されたとき、印刷装置102の巻取スプール駆動軸108が連結穴296内に挿入されて巻取スプール276に連結され、巻取スプール276が巻取スプール駆動軸108により回転駆動される。 30 and 31 show the upper surface and the lower surface of the fourth case member 218. A take-up spool support hole 294 that rotatably supports the take-up spool 76 by fitting the other end of the take-up spool 76 on the fourth case member 18 side is formed through the fourth case member 218. The fourth case member 218 is formed with a cylindrical support protrusion 297 that rotatably supports the supply spool 270 by fitting the other end of the supply spool 270. The connecting hole 296 formed on the other end surface of the take-up spool 276 is exposed to the lower surface of the fourth case member 218 through the take-up spool support hole 294 as shown in FIG. When the cassette 210 is mounted on the printing device 102, the take-up spool drive shaft 108 of the printing device 102 is inserted into the connecting hole 296 and connected to the take-up spool 276, and the take-up spool 276 is connected to the take-up spool drive shaft 108. Is driven to rotate by.
 図32は、図24のXXXII-XXXIII視断面図である。テープケース220とリボンケース221との間、すなわち、第2ケース部材214の底板214aと第3ケース部材216の天井板216eとの間には、所定容積の第3空間S3が形成されている。 FIG. 32 is a sectional view taken along line XXXII-XXXIII of FIG. 24. A third space S3 having a predetermined volume is formed between the tape case 220 and the ribbon case 221, that is, between the bottom plate 214a of the second case member 214 and the ceiling plate 216e of the third case member 216.
 図20、図29に示すように、第3ケース部材216および第4ケース部材218から構成されるリボンケース221には、カセット210が図18に示すカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、カセット装着部104に立設された印刷ヘッド106を保持するヘッド保持板114を収容するための凹部299が形成されている。図29に示すように、第3ケース部材216の外周壁216wの一部には、上下方向と直交する前後方向に伸びる第1側壁216aと、上下方向および前後方向と直交する左右方向に伸びる第2側壁216bと、凹部299を囲むように配置されたU字状の凹部壁216cとが、形成されている。凹部壁216cは、第2側壁216bと前後方向に対向し左右方向に延びる内壁216hと、内壁16hの右端から後方に延びる内壁216iと、内壁216iの後端から左方に延びる内壁216jと、内壁216jの左端から前方に延びる内壁216kとから構成される。第2側壁216b及び凹部壁216cによって、凹部299は、第2側壁216bの左側端部から後方に延び、且つ、第2側壁216bよりも後方において左右方向に延びるように規定されている。第4ケース部材218には、図30および図31に示すように、凹部壁16cに対応するU字状の切欠き218aが形成されている。これら凹部壁216cおよび切欠き218aによって、凹部299が形成されている。図21に示すように、凹部299の上端の一部は、第2ケース部材214の下面によって規定されている。すなわち、凹部299は、第2ケース部材214及び第1ケース部材212と上下方向において重なっている。 As shown in FIGS. 20 and 29, when the cassette 210 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 shown in FIG. 18, the ribbon case 221 composed of the third case member 216 and the fourth case member 218 is mounted on the cassette. A recess 299 for accommodating the head holding plate 114 for holding the print head 106 erected in the portion 104 is formed. As shown in FIG. 29, a part of the outer peripheral wall 216w of the third case member 216 includes a first side wall 216a extending in the front-rear direction orthogonal to the vertical direction, and a second side wall 216a extending in the vertical direction and the left-right direction orthogonal to the front-rear direction. Two side walls 216b and a U-shaped recess wall 216c arranged so as to surround the recess 299 are formed. The concave wall 216c includes an inner wall 216h that faces the second side wall 216b in the front-rear direction and extends in the left-right direction, an inner wall 216i that extends rearward from the right end of the inner wall 16h, an inner wall 216j that extends from the rear end of the inner wall 216i to the left, and an inner wall. It is composed of an inner wall 216k extending forward from the left end of 216j. The recess 299 is defined by the second side wall 216b and the recess wall 216c so that the recess 299 extends rearward from the left end of the second side wall 216b and extends laterally behind the second side wall 216b. As shown in FIGS. 30 and 31, the fourth case member 218 is formed with a U-shaped notch 218a corresponding to the recessed wall 16c. The recess 299 is formed by the recess wall 216c and the notch 218a. As shown in FIG. 21, a part of the upper end of the recess 299 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 214. That is, the recess 299 overlaps the second case member 214 and the first case member 212 in the vertical direction.
 図33は、カセット10が印刷装置102のカセット装着部104に装着されたときの、第3ケース部材216の下面を示す図である。前述の通り、印刷テープ222は、印刷テープロール226から引き出され、貫通穴252および貫通穴258を介してテープケース20内の第1空間S1からリボンケース221内の第2空間S2に斜めに架け渡される。そのため、第3ケース部材216を示す図33において印刷テープ222は、第3ケース部材216の後方の貫通穴258から描画されている。カセット210が巻取スプール駆動軸108が立設されたカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、巻取スプール駆動軸108により回転駆動される巻取スプール276がインクリボン268を巻きとることにより、印刷ヘッド106とプラテンローラ116との間においてインクリボン268と共に挟圧された印刷テープ222が印刷テープロール226から引き出される。図33では、印刷テープ222の経路と、巻取スプール276の駆動によってインクリボンロール272から引き出されたインクリボン268の経路とが、二点鎖線および破線でそれぞれ示されている。 FIG. 33 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 216 when the cassette 10 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102. As described above, the printing tape 222 is pulled out from the printing tape roll 226 and diagonally hung from the first space S1 in the tape case 20 to the second space S2 in the ribbon case 221 via the through holes 252 and the through holes 258. Passed. Therefore, in FIG. 33 showing the third case member 216, the printing tape 222 is drawn from the through hole 258 behind the third case member 216. When the cassette 210 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 on which the take-up spool drive shaft 108 is erected, the take-up spool 276 that is rotationally driven by the take-up spool drive shaft 108 winds the ink ribbon 268 to print. The printing tape 222 sandwiched between the head 106 and the platen roller 116 together with the ink ribbon 268 is pulled out from the printing tape roll 226. In FIG. 33, the path of the printing tape 222 and the path of the ink ribbon 268 drawn from the ink ribbon roll 272 by driving the take-up spool 276 are shown by a two-dot chain line and a broken line, respectively.
 図33に示すように、印刷テープ222およびインクリボン268は排出口300から印刷場所Pへ向かって排出される。排出口300は、第2側壁216bの左端部と側壁216hの左端部により規定され、左右方向に貫通する間隙である。印刷ヘッド106とプラテンローラ116との間の印刷場所Pにおいて、印刷テープ222はインクリボン268を介して印刷ヘッド106に押しつけられる。この状態で、印刷ヘッド106の表面に配置された複数の発熱素子が選択的に駆動されて局所発熱することで、インクリボン68の一面に設けられたインク68aのうち一部が印刷テープ22に転写されて、印刷テープ22に文字、記号などが印刷される。印刷場所Pを通過した使用済のインクリボン268は、搬入口302からリボンケース221内に搬入され、巻取スプール276に巻き取られる。搬入口302は、排出口300よりも左側に位置し、第3ケース部材216に設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 33, the printing tape 222 and the ink ribbon 268 are discharged from the discharge port 300 toward the printing place P. The discharge port 300 is defined by the left end portion of the second side wall 216b and the left end portion of the side wall 216h, and is a gap penetrating in the left-right direction. At the print location P between the print head 106 and the platen roller 116, the print tape 222 is pressed against the print head 106 via the ink ribbon 268. In this state, a plurality of heat generating elements arranged on the surface of the print head 106 are selectively driven to generate local heat, so that a part of the ink 68a provided on one surface of the ink ribbon 68 is attached to the printing tape 22. It is transferred and characters, symbols, etc. are printed on the printing tape 22. The used ink ribbon 268 that has passed through the printing place P is carried into the ribbon case 221 from the carry-in port 302 and wound on the take-up spool 276. The carry-in port 302 is located on the left side of the discharge port 300 and is provided on the third case member 216.
 図34は、カセット210から送り出された印刷テープ222の積層構造体を模式的に示している。印刷テープ222は、被印刷テープ222aと、被印刷テープ222aの非印刷面側に粘着剤222bを介して貼り着けられた剥離テープ222cとの積層体である。被印刷テープ222aの印刷面には、印刷テープ222からのインク68aが転写されている。なお、図34に描かれた積層体の各部材の大きさや寸法比等は必ずしも正確ではない。 FIG. 34 schematically shows a laminated structure of the printing tape 222 sent out from the cassette 210. The printing tape 222 is a laminate of the tape to be printed 222a and the release tape 222c attached to the non-printing surface side of the tape to be printed 222a via an adhesive 222b. The ink 68a from the printing tape 222 is transferred to the printing surface of the tape to be printed 222a. The size, dimensional ratio, and the like of each member of the laminated body drawn in FIG. 34 are not always accurate.
 図35は、第3ケース部材216の下面を示す図である。第3ケース部材216と第4ケース部材218との間の第2空間S2内すなわちリボンケース221内には、インクリボンロール272、巻取スプール276が収容されている。上述したように、リボンケース221は、テープケース220に対して下方に重ねて配置されている。テープケース220内に収容された印刷テープロール226およびスペーサフィルム238を第2空間S2内で前後方向および左右方向に広がる投影面上に対し上下方向に投影した場合、印刷テープロール226およびスペーサフィルム238の投影位置は図35の一点鎖線で示される。なお、スペーサフィルム238は印刷テープロール226と略同じ直径を有するので、図35では印刷テープロール226を表す一点鎖線のみを記載する。図35に示すように、インクリボンロール272及び巻取スプール276は、印刷テープロール226と上下方向に重なる位置に配置されている。 FIG. 35 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 216. The ink ribbon roll 272 and the take-up spool 276 are housed in the second space S2 between the third case member 216 and the fourth case member 218, that is, in the ribbon case 221. As described above, the ribbon case 221 is arranged so as to be overlapped downward with respect to the tape case 220. When the printing tape roll 226 and the spacer film 238 housed in the tape case 220 are projected vertically on the projection surface spreading in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction in the second space S2, the printing tape roll 226 and the spacer film 238 are projected. The projected position of is indicated by a single point chain line in FIG. Since the spacer film 238 has substantially the same diameter as the printing tape roll 226, only the alternate long and short dash line representing the printing tape roll 226 is shown in FIG. 35. As shown in FIG. 35, the ink ribbon roll 272 and the take-up spool 276 are arranged at positions where they overlap the printing tape roll 226 in the vertical direction.
 供給スプール270の少なくとも一部、インクリボン268またはインクリボンロール272の少なくとも一部、および、巻取スプール276及び印刷場所Pを通過し、巻取スプール276に巻き取られようとするインクリボン268の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープロール226およびスペーサフィルム38と上下方向に重なっている。すなわち、巻取スプール276に巻き取られた或いは搬入口302から巻取スプール76へ巻き取られる過程のインクリボン268またはインクリボンロール272の少なくとも一部は、上下方向への印刷テープロール226およびスペーサフィルム238の投影面の中に位置している。 At least a portion of the feed spool 270, at least a portion of the ink ribbon 268 or the ink ribbon roll 272, and the ink ribbon 268 that has passed through the take-up spool 276 and the print location P and is about to be taken up by the take-up spool 276. At least a part of the printing tape roll 226 and the spacer film 38 overlap in the vertical direction. That is, at least a part of the ink ribbon 268 or the ink ribbon roll 272 in the process of being wound on the take-up spool 276 or taken up from the carry-in inlet 302 to the take-up spool 76 is a vertical printing tape roll 226 and a spacer. It is located in the projection plane of film 238.
 図35において、印刷テープロール226およびそれと略同径のスペーサフィルム238は、インクリボンロール272の少なくとも一部およびその第3回転中心線C3、巻取スプール276の少なくとも一部およびその第4回転中心線C4、凹部299および凹部壁216cの少なくとも一部と上下方向において重なっている。印刷テープロール226およびスペーサフィルム238を上下方向に投影した場合、その投影面の中に、インクリボンロール272の少なくとも一部およびその第3回転中心線C3、および巻取スプール276の少なくとも一部およびその第4回転中心線C4、凹部299および凹部壁216cの少なくとも一部が位置している。また、凹部299および凹部壁216cの少なくとも一部は、印刷テープスプール224と上下方向において重なっている。また、左右方向において、印刷テープロール226の一部および印刷テープスプール224の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、凹部299の左右方向の一方側端部である右側端部299aと他方側端部である左側端部299bとの間に位置している。また、印刷テープスプール224の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、左右方向において排出口300と凹部299の右側端部299aとの間に位置している。さらに、図35において、前後方向および左右方向において、カセット10の前後方向の中心且つ左右方向の中心であるカセット210の中心位置Mから印刷テープロール226の第1回転中心線C1までの距離は、中心位置Mから凹部299までの距離よりも小さく設定されている。 In FIG. 35, the printing tape roll 226 and the spacer film 238 having substantially the same diameter thereof are at least a part of the ink ribbon roll 272 and its third rotation center line C3, at least a part of the take-up spool 276 and its fourth rotation center. It overlaps at least a part of the wire C4, the recess 299, and the recess wall 216c in the vertical direction. When the printing tape roll 226 and the spacer film 238 are projected in the vertical direction, at least a part of the ink ribbon roll 272 and its third rotation center line C3, and at least a part of the take-up spool 276 are formed in the projection surface. At least a part of the fourth rotation center line C4, the recess 299, and the recess wall 216c is located. Further, at least a part of the recess 299 and the recess wall 216c overlaps the printing tape spool 224 in the vertical direction. Further, in the left-right direction, a part of the printing tape roll 226 and the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 224 are the right end portion 299a and the other side which are the one-side ends of the recess 299 in the left-right direction. It is located between the left end and the left end 299b, which is the end. Further, the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 224 is located between the discharge port 300 and the right end portion 299a of the recess 299 in the left-right direction. Further, in FIG. 35, the distance from the center position M of the cassette 210, which is the center of the cassette 10 in the front-rear direction and the center in the left-right direction, to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 226 in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction is determined. It is set smaller than the distance from the center position M to the recess 299.
 本実施形態のカセット210によれば、(a)回転可能であり、被印刷媒体である印刷テープ222が巻回された印刷テープロール226と、(b)印刷テープロール26に対して印刷テープ222の幅方向である第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁16wであって、第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁216aと、第1方向に直交し、且つ、前記第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁216bと、第2側壁216bから第2方向の一方側において第3方向に延びて凹部299を規定するように形成されたU字形状の凹部壁216cを形成する外周壁215と、を備え、(c)凹部299の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープロール226と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、印刷テープロール226を備えたテープケース220と凹部壁216cを備えるリボンケース221とが第1方向すなわち上下方向において重ねられ、凹部299の少なくとも一部が印刷テープロール226と第1方向に重ねられているので、カセット210は、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 210 of the present embodiment, (a) a print tape roll 226 around which a print tape 222 which is rotatable and a printing medium is wound, and (b) a print tape 222 with respect to the print tape roll 26. The outer peripheral wall 16w located on one side of the first direction, which is the width direction of the above, and the first side wall 216a extending in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction, and the second side wall 216a orthogonal to the first direction. A second side wall 216b extending in a third direction intersecting the direction and a U-shaped concave wall 216c formed so as to extend in the third direction from the second side wall 216b on one side in the second direction to define a recess 299. (C) At least a part of the recess 299 overlaps with the printing tape roll 226 in the first direction. As a result, the tape case 220 having the printing tape roll 226 and the ribbon case 221 having the recessed wall 216c are overlapped in the first direction, that is, in the vertical direction, and at least a part of the recessed 299 is in the printing tape roll 226 and the first direction. Since they are stacked, the cassette 210 is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
 本実施形態のカセット210によれば、印刷テープロール224は、回転可能な印刷テープスプール224に印刷テープ222が巻回されてなり、凹部壁216cの少なくとも一部は、印刷テープスプール224と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット210は、凹部壁216cの少なくとも一部が印刷テープスプール226と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 210 of the present embodiment, the printing tape roll 224 is formed by winding the printing tape 222 around the rotatable printing tape spool 224, and at least a part of the concave wall 216c is the printing tape spool 224 and the first. It overlaps in the direction. As a result, the cassette 210 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the concave wall 216c does not overlap the printing tape spool 226 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット210によれば、凹部299の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープスプール224と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット210は、凹部299の少なくとも一部が印刷テープスプール224と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 210 of the present embodiment, at least a part of the recess 299 overlaps with the printing tape spool 224 in the first direction. As a result, the cassette 210 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the recess 299 does not overlap the printing tape spool 224 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット210によれば、第3方向において、印刷テープロール226の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、凹部299の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセット210は、凹部299の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 210 of the present embodiment, in the third direction, the first rotation center line C1, which is the rotation center of the printing tape roll 226, is formed by one side end portion and the other side end portion of the recess 299 in the third direction. It is located in between. As a result, the cassette 210 can be downsized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the cassette 210 is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess 299 in the third direction. ..
 本実施形態のカセット210によれば、印刷テープロール226は、回転可能な印刷テープスプール224に印刷テープ222が巻回されてなり、第3方向において、印刷テープスプール224の少なくとも一部は、凹部299の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセット220は、印刷テープスプール224の少なくとも一部が凹部299の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 210 of the present embodiment, in the printing tape roll 226, the printing tape 222 is wound around the rotatable printing tape spool 224, and in the third direction, at least a part of the printing tape spool 224 is recessed. It is located between one side end and the other side end of the third direction of 299. As a result, the cassette 220 is orthogonal to the vertical direction more than when at least a part of the printing tape spool 224 is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess 299 in the third direction. Miniaturization is possible in the direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、第3方向において、印刷テープスプール224の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、排出口300と凹部299の第3方向の一方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセット210は、印刷テープスプール224の第1回転中心線C1が排出口300と凹部299の第3方向の一方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, in the third direction, the first rotation center line C1, which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 224, is located between the discharge port 300 and the one end of the recess 299 in the third direction. Is located in. As a result, the cassette 210 is orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape spool 224 is not located between the discharge port 300 and one end of the recess 299 in the third direction. It is possible to reduce the size in the orthogonal direction.
 本実施形態のカセット10によれば、印刷テープロール26が収容されたテープケース(第1ケース)220と、テープケース220に対して第1方向の前記一方側に位置し、外周壁215を有するリボンケース(第2ケース)221とを備え、リボンケース221は、第2側壁216bにより規定される排出口300であって、第3方向において凹部299の第3方向の一方側端部216aと他方側端部216bとの間に位置し、印刷テープロール226から供給される印刷テープ222がテープケース220から凹部299に排出される排出口300を備え、第3方向において、印刷テープスプール226の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、排出口300と凹部299の第3方向の前記一方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセット210は、第3方向において、印刷テープスプール226の第1回転中心線C1が排出口300と凹部299の第3方向の一方側端部216aとの間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 10 of the present embodiment, the tape case (first case) 220 containing the printing tape roll 26 and the outer peripheral wall 215 located on the one side of the tape case 220 in the first direction are provided. A ribbon case (second case) 221 is provided, and the ribbon case 221 is a discharge port 300 defined by a second side wall 216b, and is a recess 299 on one side end 216a in the third direction and the other in the third direction. The printing tape 222 supplied from the printing tape roll 226 is provided between the side end portion 216b and the discharge port 300 for discharging the printing tape 222 from the tape case 220 to the recess 299, and the rotation of the printing tape spool 226 in the third direction. The first rotation center line C1, which is the center, is located between the discharge port 300 and the one-sided end portion of the recess 299 in the third direction. As a result, in the cassette 210, the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape spool 226 is not located between the discharge port 300 and the one-sided end portion 216a of the recess 299 in the third direction in the third direction. However, miniaturization is possible in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
 本実施形態のカセット210によれば、凹部299は、テープケース(第1ケース)220の少なくとも一部と前記第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット210は、凹部299が第1ケース210の少なくとも一部と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 210 of the present embodiment, the recess 299 overlaps at least a part of the tape case (first case) 220 in the first direction. As a result, the cassette 210 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the recess 299 does not overlap with at least a part of the first case 210 in the first direction.
本実施形態のカセット210によれば、印刷テープロール226に対して第1方向の一方側に位置し、印刷テープロール226から供給される印刷テープ222への印刷に使用されるインクリボン268が巻回され、回転可能な供給スプール270と、印刷テープロール226に対して第1方向の一方側に位置し、供給スプール270から供給されるインクリボン268を巻き取るように回転可能な巻取スプール276とを、備え、供給スプール270の少なくとも一部及び巻取スプール276の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープロール226と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット210は、供給スプール270の少なくとも一部及び巻取スプール276の少なくとも一部が印刷テープロール26と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 210 of the present embodiment, the ink ribbon 268 located on one side of the printing tape roll 226 in the first direction and used for printing on the printing tape 222 supplied from the printing tape roll 226 is wound. The take-up spool 276, which is located on one side of the first direction with respect to the rotating and rotatable supply spool 270 and the printing tape roll 226 and is rotatable so as to wind the ink ribbon 268 supplied from the supply spool 270. At least a part of the supply spool 270 and at least a part of the take-up spool 276 overlap the printing tape roll 226 in the first direction. As a result, the cassette 210 is made smaller in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction than when at least a part of the supply spool 270 and at least a part of the take-up spool 276 do not overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the first direction. Is possible.
 本実施形態のカセット210によれば、第2方向および第3方向において、カセット210の第2方向の中心且つ第3方向の中心である中心位置Mから印刷テープロール226の第1回転中心線C1までの距離は、中心位置Mから凹部299までの距離よりも小さい。これにより、カセット210は、カセット10の中心位置Mから印刷テープロール226の第1回転中心線C1までの距離が中心位置Mから凹部299までの距離よりも大きい場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 210 of the present embodiment, in the second and third directions, the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 226 is started from the center position M which is the center of the cassette 210 in the second direction and the center of the third direction. The distance to is smaller than the distance from the center position M to the recess 299. As a result, the cassette 210 is orthogonal in the vertical direction more than the case where the distance from the center position M of the cassette 10 to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 226 is larger than the distance from the center position M to the recess 299. Miniaturization is possible in the orthogonal direction.
 本実施形態のカセット210によれば、(a)印刷テープ222が巻回された印刷テープロール226と、(b)第1方向において、印刷テープロール226に当接するスペーサフィルム238と、(c)外周壁215のうちの印刷テープスロール226およびスペーサフィルム238に対して第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁215の一部であって、第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁216aと、第1方向に直交し、且つ第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁216bと、第2側壁216bから第2方向の一方側に延びる凹部であって、第2側壁216bよりも第2方向の一方側(図16の左側)において第3方向に延びる凹部299を規定するようにU字状に形成された凹部壁216cと、を備え、(d)凹部299の少なくとも一部は、スペーサフィルム238と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、凹部299の少なくとも一部がスペーサフィルム238と第1方向に重なっているので、カセット210が上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化され得る。 According to the cassette 210 of the present embodiment, (a) a printing tape roll 226 around which the printing tape 222 is wound, (b) a spacer film 238 that abuts on the printing tape roll 226 in the first direction, and (c). A first side wall of the outer peripheral wall 215 that is a part of the outer peripheral wall 215 located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape sroll 226 and the spacer film 238 and extends in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction. 216a, a second side wall 216b extending in a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and intersecting the second direction, and a recess extending from the second side wall 216b to one side in the second direction, the second side wall 216b. A recess wall 216c formed in a U shape so as to define a recess 299 extending in the third direction on one side of the second direction (left side in FIG. 16), and (d) at least one of the recesses 299. The portion overlaps the spacer film 238 in the first direction. As a result, at least a part of the recess 299 overlaps the spacer film 238 in the first direction, so that the cassette 210 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
[実施形態3]
 図36は、本発明の他の実施形態である、印刷テープ422自身が熱により発色する感熱(サーマル)タイプのカセット410を正面側すなわち上面から示す斜視図であり、図37は、カセット410を裏面側すなわち下面から示す斜視図である。カセット410は、全体として直方体状を成し、寸法が少し相違し且つインクリボンロール72および巻取スプール76を備えないが、図18と同様に構成されたカセット装着部104に着脱可能に装着される。この場合のカセット装着部104には、巻取スプール駆動軸108は備えられておらず、ローラ駆動軸110が突設されている。
[Embodiment 3]
FIG. 36 is a perspective view showing a heat-sensitive (thermal) type cassette 410 in which the printing tape 422 itself develops color by heat, which is another embodiment of the present invention, from the front side, that is, from the top surface, and FIG. 37 shows the cassette 410. It is a perspective view which shows from the back surface side, that is, the lower surface. The cassette 410 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole, has slightly different dimensions, and does not include the ink ribbon roll 72 and the take-up spool 76, but is detachably mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 configured in the same manner as in FIG. Ribbon. In this case, the cassette mounting portion 104 is not provided with the take-up spool drive shaft 108, and the roller drive shaft 110 is provided so as to project.
 本実施形態のカセット410は、貼合せテープロール464およびローラ480を備えるが、巻取スプールおよびインクリボンロールは備えられていない。カセット410に備えられた印刷テープ422の被印刷テープ422aは、熱を受けて自己発色する感熱紙から構成されている。カセット410は、カセット10、210と同様に、第1ケース部材412および第2ケース部材414から構成される第1ケースすなわちテープケース420と、第3ケース部材416および第4ケース部材418から構成される第2ケースすなわちリボンケース421とを備えている。テープケース420は、内部に形成された第1空間S1に印刷テープロール426を備える。リボンケース421は、テープケース420の下方側に位置するように装着され、内部に形成された第2空間S2に貼合せテープロール464を備える。第1ケース部材412、第2ケース部材414、第3ケース部材416および第4ケース部材418は、相互に重ねられた状態で、相互の外周壁間にそれぞれ設けられた複数の係止爪427と固定爪428との係合と位置決め突起429による位置決めとによって相互に固定される。なお、本実施形態において、各ケース部材412~418の上側の面を上面もしくは正面と称し、下側の面を下面もしくは裏面と称す。 The cassette 410 of the present embodiment includes a bonding tape roll 464 and a roller 480, but does not include a take-up spool and an ink ribbon roll. The printing tape 422a of the printing tape 422 provided in the cassette 410 is made of a heat-sensitive paper that receives heat and develops its own color. Like the cassettes 10 and 210, the cassette 410 is composed of a first case, that is, a tape case 420, which is composed of a first case member 412 and a second case member 414, and a third case member 416 and a fourth case member 418. A second case, that is, a ribbon case 421 is provided. The tape case 420 includes a printing tape roll 426 in the first space S1 formed therein. The ribbon case 421 is attached so as to be located on the lower side of the tape case 420, and the bonding tape roll 464 is provided in the second space S2 formed inside. The first case member 412, the second case member 414, the third case member 416, and the fourth case member 418 are overlapped with each other and have a plurality of locking claws 427 provided between the outer peripheral walls of each other. They are fixed to each other by engaging with the fixing claw 428 and positioning by the positioning protrusion 429. In the present embodiment, the upper surface of each case member 412 to 418 is referred to as an upper surface or a front surface, and the lower surface is referred to as a lower surface or a back surface.
 リボンケース421は、テープケース420に対して上下方向の一方側に位置する。本実施形態では、リボンケース421は、テープケース420に対して上下方向の一方側である下側に位置する。テープケース240は、内部に形成された第1空間S1に被印刷媒体である印刷テープ422が巻回された印刷テープロール426を回転可能に収容する。印刷テープロール426は、帯状の印刷テープ422が円筒状の軸芯材である印刷テープスプール424に巻回されて構成される。印刷テープ422は、印刷テープ22の幅方向が第1方向である上下方向となるように巻回されている。印刷テープロール426の径方向は前後方向及び左右方向であり、径方向は上下方向に直交する直交方向である。直交方向は、上下方向に直交する平面に平行な任意の方向とも言い換えることができる。印刷テープ422、印刷テープスプール424、および印刷テープロール426は、被印刷媒体、印刷媒体スプール、および印刷媒体ロールに対応している。 The ribbon case 421 is located on one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 420. In the present embodiment, the ribbon case 421 is located on the lower side, which is one side in the vertical direction with respect to the tape case 420. The tape case 240 rotatably accommodates a printing tape roll 426 in which a printing tape 422, which is a printing medium, is wound in a first space S1 formed inside. The printing tape roll 426 is configured by winding a strip-shaped printing tape 422 around a printing tape spool 424 which is a cylindrical shaft core material. The printing tape 422 is wound so that the width direction of the printing tape 22 is the vertical direction, which is the first direction. The radial direction of the printing tape roll 426 is the front-rear direction and the left-right direction, and the radial direction is an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction. The orthogonal direction can be rephrased as an arbitrary direction parallel to a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction. The print tape 422, the print tape spool 424, and the print tape roll 426 correspond to the print medium, the print medium spool, and the print medium roll.
 リボンケース421は、内部に形成された第2空間S2に貼合せテープロール464を回転可能に収容する。貼合せテープロール464は、印刷された印刷テープ422に貼り合わされる帯状の貼合せテープ460が、貼合せテープ460の幅方向が上下方向となるように貼合せテープスプール462に巻回されている。 The ribbon case 421 rotatably accommodates the bonded tape roll 464 in the second space S2 formed inside. In the bonding tape roll 464, the band-shaped bonding tape 460 bonded to the printed printing tape 422 is wound around the bonding tape spool 462 so that the width direction of the bonding tape 460 is in the vertical direction. ..
 図37に示すように、カセット410の第4ケース部材418には、ローラ露出穴498が設けられている。ローラ露出穴498から後述のローラ480の軸端が露出している。軸端は、カセット410が印刷装置102のカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、カセット装着部104に設けられたローラ駆動軸110が差し入れられる。また、第3ケース部材416および第4ケース部材418の側面すなわちリボンケース421の外周壁416wのうちの一部及び第2ケース部材414の外周壁の一部には、凹部499が形成されている。凹部499は、カセット410がカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、カセット装着部104に設けられた印刷ヘッド106が挿入される。図37に示すように、凹部99の上端は第2ケース部材14の下側の面で規定されている。 As shown in FIG. 37, the fourth case member 418 of the cassette 410 is provided with a roller exposed hole 498. The shaft end of the roller 480, which will be described later, is exposed from the roller exposed hole 498. When the cassette 410 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102, the roller drive shaft 110 provided on the cassette mounting portion 104 is inserted into the shaft end. Further, recesses 499 are formed on the side surfaces of the third case member 416 and the fourth case member 418, that is, a part of the outer peripheral wall 416w of the ribbon case 421 and a part of the outer peripheral wall of the second case member 414. .. When the cassette 410 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104, the print head 106 provided in the cassette mounting portion 104 is inserted into the recess 499. As shown in FIG. 37, the upper end of the recess 99 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 14.
 図38は、第1ケース部材412、第2ケース部材414、第3ケース部材416、および第4ケース部材418を分離させて、カセット410の内部構成を説明する斜視図である。図39および図40は、第1ケース部材412の上面側および下面側を示しており、実施形態2のカセット210の第1ケース部材212と同様に構成されている。図41および図42は、第2ケース部材414の上面側および下面側を示しており、実施形態2のカセット210の第1ケース部材212と同様に構成されている。第1ケース部材412の上面側は図22に、第1ケース部材412の下側は図23に示すように構成されている。図43および図44は、第3ケース部材216の上面側および下面側を示す図である。図45および図45は第4ケース部材418の上面側および下面側を示す図である。 FIG. 38 is a perspective view illustrating the internal configuration of the cassette 410 by separating the first case member 412, the second case member 414, the third case member 416, and the fourth case member 418. 39 and 40 show the upper surface side and the lower surface side of the first case member 412, and are configured in the same manner as the first case member 212 of the cassette 210 of the second embodiment. 41 and 42 show the upper surface side and the lower surface side of the second case member 414, and are configured in the same manner as the first case member 212 of the cassette 210 of the second embodiment. The upper surface side of the first case member 412 is configured as shown in FIG. 22, and the lower surface side of the first case member 412 is configured as shown in FIG. 23. 43 and 44 are views showing the upper surface side and the lower surface side of the third case member 216. 45 and 45 are views showing the upper surface side and the lower surface side of the fourth case member 418.
 第1ケ5ス部材412と第2ケース部材414との間の第1空間S1には、印刷テープロール426が上下方向に平行な第1回転中心線C1まわりに回転可能に収容されている。第1ケース部材412および第2ケース部材414は長方形状であって、第1回転中心線C1は、第1ケース部材412および第2ケース部材414における、第2方向である左右方向の中央略右寄り、且つ、第3方向である前後方向の略中央付近に位置している。本実施形態では、図47に示すように、被印刷テープ422aは、加熱によってたとえば黒色に自己発色する感熱材料から構成されており、被印刷テープ422aの一部には、局所発色領域422dが示されている。 In the first space S1 between the first case member 412 and the second case member 414, the printing tape roll 426 is rotatably housed around the first rotation center line C1 parallel to the vertical direction. The first case member 412 and the second case member 414 have a rectangular shape, and the first rotation center line C1 is substantially to the right of the center of the first case member 412 and the second case member 414 in the left-right direction, which is the second direction. Moreover, it is located near the center of the front-back direction, which is the third direction. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 47, the printed tape 422a is made of a heat-sensitive material that self-colors, for example, black when heated, and a locally colored region 422d is shown in a part of the printed tape 422a. Has been done.
 図38、図40に示すように、第1ケース部材412の下面側には、円筒状の第1支持突起430と第1円周壁434とが設けられる。第1支持突起430は、円筒状の印刷テープスプール424に挿入され印刷テープロール426を回転可能に支持する。第1円周壁434は、印刷テープロール426の外径よりも大きい内径を有する。第1支持突起430と第1円周壁434は、第1回転中心線C1と同じ中心線を有する状態で第1ケース部材412の下面側から下向きに突設されている。図41に示すように、第2ケース部材414の上面側には、円筒状の第2支持突起432と、第2円周壁436とが設けられる。第2支持突起432は、円筒状の印刷テープスプール424に挿入され印刷テープロール426を回転可能に支持する。第2円周壁436は、印刷テープロール426の外径よりも大きい内径を有する。第2支持突起432と第2円周壁436は、第1回転中心線C1と同じ中心線を有する状態で第2ケース部材414の上面側から上向きに突設されている。印刷テープロール426は、印刷テープロール426の外径と略同じ外径を有する円形のスペーサフィルム438を印刷テープロール426の上下にそれぞれ介在させた状態で第1ケース部材412と第2ケース部材414との間に配設されている。 As shown in FIGS. 38 and 40, a cylindrical first support protrusion 430 and a first circumferential wall 434 are provided on the lower surface side of the first case member 412. The first support protrusion 430 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 424 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 426. The first circumferential wall 434 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 426. The first support protrusion 430 and the first circumferential wall 434 project downward from the lower surface side of the first case member 412 while having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1. As shown in FIG. 41, a cylindrical second support protrusion 432 and a second circumferential wall 436 are provided on the upper surface side of the second case member 414. The second support protrusion 432 is inserted into the cylindrical printing tape spool 424 and rotatably supports the printing tape roll 426. The second circumferential wall 436 has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 426. The second support protrusion 432 and the second circumferential wall 436 project upward from the upper surface side of the second case member 414 in a state of having the same center line as the first rotation center line C1. The printing tape roll 426 has a first case member 412 and a second case member 414 in a state where a circular spacer film 438 having an outer diameter substantially the same as the outer diameter of the printing tape roll 426 is interposed above and below the printing tape roll 426, respectively. It is arranged between and.
 図41に示すように、第2ケース部材414の底板414aには、第2円周壁436と外周壁446の短辺部446aおよび長辺部446bとの間に沿って前後方向及び左右方向に延びる正面視略L字状の貫通穴452が形成されている。第2円周壁436のうち短辺部446aおよび長辺部446bの角部と対向する部分と貫通穴452との間において複数の案内リブ454が、形成されている。複数の案内リブ454は、印刷テープロール426から巻き出され印刷テープ422を貫通穴452内へ案内する。これにより、印刷テープ422は、第1空間S1と第2空間内S2との間の隔壁として機能する底板414aに形成された貫通穴452を通して、テープケース420とリボンケース421とに架け渡されている。 As shown in FIG. 41, the bottom plate 414a of the second case member 414 extends in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction along between the second circumferential wall 436 and the short side portion 446a and the long side portion 446b of the outer peripheral wall 446. A substantially L-shaped through hole 452 in front view is formed. A plurality of guide ribs 454 are formed between the portion of the second circumferential wall 436 facing the corners of the short side portion 446a and the long side portion 446b and the through hole 452. The plurality of guide ribs 454 are unwound from the printing tape roll 426 and guide the printing tape 422 into the through hole 452. As a result, the printing tape 422 is bridged between the tape case 420 and the ribbon case 421 through the through hole 452 formed in the bottom plate 414a that functions as a partition wall between the first space S1 and the second space S2. There is.
 図42および図43において、第2ケース部材414の底板414aおよび第3ケース部材416の天井板416eは、テープケース420内の第1空間S1とリボンケース421内の第2空間S2とを区画する。 In FIGS. 42 and 43, the bottom plate 414a of the second case member 414 and the ceiling plate 416e of the third case member 416 partition the first space S1 in the tape case 420 and the second space S2 in the ribbon case 421. ..
 図44に示すように、第3ケース部材416の下面には、貼合ロール保持壁486と、円筒状突起488とが形成されている。貼合ロール保持壁486は、貼合せテープロール464の配置位置を規定する。円筒状突起488は、貼合せテープロール464の貼合せテープスプール462が嵌め入れられてそれを回転可能に支持する。貼合せロール保持壁486は、貼合せテープスプール462を保持するために円筒状突起488と同心の円弧状に形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 44, a bonding roll holding wall 486 and a cylindrical protrusion 488 are formed on the lower surface of the third case member 416. The bonding roll holding wall 486 defines the arrangement position of the bonding tape roll 464. The cylindrical protrusion 488 is fitted with a laminating tape spool 462 of the laminating tape roll 464 and rotatably supports it. The laminating roll holding wall 486 is formed in an arc shape concentric with the cylindrical protrusion 488 to hold the laminating tape spool 462.
 図45および図45は、第4ケース部材418の上面および下面を示している。第4ケース部材418には、貼合せテープスプール支持穴494が上下方向に貫通して形成されている。貼合せテープスプール支持穴494は、貼合せテープスプール462の第4ケース部材218側の端部を嵌め入れてそれを回転可能に支持する。また、第4ケース部材418には、ローラ露出穴498が上下方向に貫通して形成されている。ローラ露出穴498は、ローラ480の第4ケース部材218側の端部を嵌め入れてそれを回転可能に支持するとともに、ローラ480の第4ケース部材218側の軸端を露出させて、ローラ480とローラ駆動軸110との連結を可能とする。 45 and 45 show the upper surface and the lower surface of the fourth case member 418. The fourth case member 418 is formed with a bonding tape spool support hole 494 penetrating in the vertical direction. The bonding tape spool support hole 494 is rotatably supported by fitting the end portion of the bonding tape spool 462 on the fourth case member 218 side. Further, a roller exposed hole 498 is formed in the fourth case member 418 so as to penetrate in the vertical direction. The roller exposed hole 498 fits the end of the roller 480 on the fourth case member 218 side to rotatably support it, and exposes the shaft end of the roller 480 on the fourth case member 218 side to expose the roller 480. And the roller drive shaft 110 can be connected.
 図37に示すように、第3ケース部材416および第4ケース部材418から構成されるリボンケース421には、カセット410が図18に示すカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、カセット装着部104に立設された印刷ヘッド106を保持するヘッド保持板114を収容するための凹部499が形成されている。図44に示すように、第3ケース部材416の外周壁416wの一部には、上下方向と直交する前後方向に伸びる第1側壁416aと、上下方向および前後方向と直交する左右方向に伸びる第2側壁416bと、凹部499を囲むように配置されたU字状の凹部壁416cとが、形成されている。凹部壁416cは、第2側壁416bと前後方向に対向し左右方向に延びる内壁416hと、内壁416hの右端から後方に延びる内壁416iと、内壁416iの後端から左方に延びる内壁416jと、内壁416jの左端から前方に延びる内壁416kとから構成される。第2側壁416b及び凹部壁416cによって、凹部499は、第2側壁416bの左側端部から後方に延び、且つ、第2側壁416bよりも後方において左右方向に延びるように規定されている。第4ケース部材418には、図45および図46に示すように、凹部壁416cに対応するU字状の切欠き418aが形成されている。これら凹部壁416cおよび切欠き418aによって、凹部499が形成されている。図37に示すように、凹部499の上端の一部は、第2ケース部材414の下面によって規定されている。すなわち、凹部299は、第2ケース部材414及び第1ケース部材412と上下方向において重なっている。 As shown in FIG. 37, when the cassette 410 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 shown in FIG. 18, the ribbon case 421 composed of the third case member 416 and the fourth case member 418 is attached to the cassette mounting portion 104. A recess 499 is formed for accommodating the head holding plate 114 that holds the upright print head 106. As shown in FIG. 44, a part of the outer peripheral wall 416w of the third case member 416 includes a first side wall 416a extending in the front-rear direction orthogonal to the vertical direction, and a second side wall 416a extending in the vertical direction and the left-right direction orthogonal to the front-rear direction. Two side walls 416b and a U-shaped concave wall 416c arranged so as to surround the concave portion 499 are formed. The concave wall 416c includes an inner wall 416h that faces the second side wall 416b in the front-rear direction and extends in the left-right direction, an inner wall 416i that extends rearward from the right end of the inner wall 416h, an inner wall 416j that extends from the rear end of the inner wall 416i to the left, and an inner wall. It is composed of an inner wall 416k extending forward from the left end of the 416j. The second side wall 416b and the recessed wall 416c define the recess 499 to extend rearward from the left end of the second side wall 416b and to extend laterally behind the second side wall 416b. As shown in FIGS. 45 and 46, the fourth case member 418 is formed with a U-shaped notch 418a corresponding to the concave wall 416c. The recess 499 is formed by the recess wall 416c and the notch 418a. As shown in FIG. 37, a part of the upper end of the recess 499 is defined by the lower surface of the second case member 414. That is, the recess 299 overlaps the second case member 414 and the first case member 412 in the vertical direction.
 図47は、カセット10が印刷装置102のカセット装着部104に装着されたときの、第3ケース部材416の下面を示す図である。印刷テープ422は、印刷テープロール426から引き出され、貫通穴452および貫通穴458を介してテープケース420内の第1空間S1からリボンケース421内の第2空間S2に斜めに架け渡される。そのため、第3ケース部材416を示す図47において印刷テープ422は、第3ケース部材416の後方の貫通穴458から描画されている。カセット410がローラ駆動軸110が立設されたカセット装着部104に装着されたとき、ローラ駆動軸110により回転駆動されるローラ480が印刷テープ422および貼合せテープ460を挟圧しつつ搬送する。これにより、印刷ヘッド106とプラテンローラ116との間において印刷テープ422が印刷テープロール426から引き出され、排出口500から排出される。図47では、印刷テープ422の経路と、貼合せテープ460の経路とが、二点鎖線および破線でそれぞれ示されている。図47において、図示しないローラ480が回転駆動されると、排出口500から印刷テープ422が印刷場所Pへ向かって引き出され、ローラ480によって貼り合わせテープ460が重ねられる。排出口500は、第2側壁416bの左端部と側壁416hの左端部により規定され、左右方向に貫通する間隙である。 FIG. 47 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 416 when the cassette 10 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 of the printing device 102. The printing tape 422 is pulled out from the printing tape roll 426 and is obliquely bridged from the first space S1 in the tape case 420 to the second space S2 in the ribbon case 421 through the through holes 452 and the through holes 458. Therefore, in FIG. 47 showing the third case member 416, the printing tape 422 is drawn from the through hole 458 behind the third case member 416. When the cassette 410 is mounted on the cassette mounting portion 104 on which the roller drive shaft 110 is erected, the roller 480 rotationally driven by the roller drive shaft 110 conveys the printing tape 422 and the bonding tape 460 while sandwiching them. As a result, the print tape 422 is pulled out from the print tape roll 426 between the print head 106 and the platen roller 116, and is discharged from the discharge port 500. In FIG. 47, the path of the printing tape 422 and the path of the bonding tape 460 are shown by a two-dot chain line and a broken line, respectively. In FIG. 47, when the roller 480 (not shown) is rotationally driven, the printing tape 422 is pulled out from the discharge port 500 toward the printing place P, and the bonding tape 460 is overlapped by the roller 480. The discharge port 500 is defined by the left end portion of the second side wall 416b and the left end portion of the side wall 416h, and is a gap penetrating in the left-right direction.
 印刷ヘッド106とプラテンローラ116との間の印刷場所Pでは、印刷テープ422が印刷ヘッド106に押しつけられる。この態で、印刷ヘッド106の表面に配置された複数の発熱素子が選択的に駆動されて局所発熱することで、印刷テープ422の被印刷テープ422aが自己発色し、印刷テープ422に文字、記号などが印刷される。 At the printing location P between the printing head 106 and the platen roller 116, the printing tape 422 is pressed against the printing head 106. In this state, a plurality of heat generating elements arranged on the surface of the print head 106 are selectively driven to generate heat locally, so that the printed tape 422a of the printing tape 422 self-colors, and characters and symbols on the printing tape 422. Etc. are printed.
 図48は、カセット410から送り出された印刷テープ422の積層構造体を模式的に示している。印刷テープ422は、被印刷テープ422aと、被印刷テープ422aの非印刷面側に粘着剤422bを介して貼り着けられた剥離テープ422cとの積層体である。被印刷テープ422aには、局所発色領域422dが形成されている。印刷テープ422の基材としての被印刷テープ422aには、貼合せテープ460の透明フィルム460aが粘着剤460bを介して積層されている。 FIG. 48 schematically shows a laminated structure of the printing tape 422 sent out from the cassette 410. The printing tape 422 is a laminate of the tape to be printed 422a and the release tape 422c attached to the non-printing surface side of the tape to be printed 422a via the adhesive 422b. A local color development region 422d is formed on the tape to be printed 422a. A transparent film 460a of the bonding tape 460 is laminated on the tape to be printed 422a as a base material of the printing tape 422 via an adhesive 460b.
 図49は、第3ケース部材416の下面を示す図である。第3ケース部材416と第4ケース部材418との間の第2空間S2内すなわちリボンケース421内には、貼合せテープロール464が収容されている。上述したように、リボンケース421は、テープケース420に対して下方に重ねて配置されている。テープケース420内に収容された印刷テープロール426およびスペーサフィルム438を、第2空間S2内で後方向および左右方向に広がる投影面上に対し上下方向に投影した場合、印刷テープロール426およびスペーサフィルム438の投影位置は図49の一点鎖線で示される。なお、スペーサフィルム438は印刷テープロール426と略同じ直径を有するので、図49では印刷テープロール426を表す一点鎖線のみを記載する。図49に示すように、貼合せテープロール464は、印刷テープロール426と上下方向に重なる位置に配置されている。 FIG. 49 is a diagram showing the lower surface of the third case member 416. The bonding tape roll 464 is housed in the second space S2 between the third case member 416 and the fourth case member 418, that is, in the ribbon case 421. As described above, the ribbon case 421 is arranged so as to overlap the tape case 420 downward. When the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film 438 housed in the tape case 420 are projected in the vertical direction on the projection surface extending in the rearward and horizontal directions in the second space S2, the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film are projected. The projected position of 438 is indicated by a single point chain line in FIG. Since the spacer film 438 has substantially the same diameter as the printing tape roll 426, only the alternate long and short dash line representing the printing tape roll 426 is shown in FIG. 49. As shown in FIG. 49, the bonding tape roll 464 is arranged at a position where it overlaps with the printing tape roll 426 in the vertical direction.
 貼合せテープロール464の少なくとも一部および第2回転中心線C2は、印刷テープロール426およびスペーサフィルム438と上下方向に重なっている。すなわち、貼合せテープロール464の少なくとも一部および第2回転中心線C2は、上下方向への印刷テープロール426およびスペーサフィルム438の投影面の中に位置している。 At least a part of the bonded tape roll 464 and the second rotation center line C2 overlap the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film 438 in the vertical direction. That is, at least a part of the bonding tape roll 464 and the second rotation center line C2 are located in the projection plane of the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film 438 in the vertical direction.
 図49において、印刷テープロール426およびそれと略同径のスペーサフィルム438は、貼合せテープロール464の少なくとも一部および第2回転中心線C2、および、凹部499および凹部壁416cの少なくとも一部と上下方向重なっている。印刷テープロール426およびスペーサフィルム438を上下方向に投影した場合、その投影面の中に、貼合せテープロール464の少なくとも一部および第2回転中心線C2、凹部499および凹部壁416cの少なくとも一部が位置している。また、凹部499および凹部壁416cの少なくとも一部は、印刷テープスプール424と上下方向において重なっている。また、左右方向において、印刷テープロール426および印刷テープスプール424の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、凹部499の左右方向の一方側端部である右側端部499aと他方側端部である左側端部499bとの間に位置している。また、印刷テープスプール426の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、左右方向において排出口500と凹部499の右側端部499aとの間に位置している。さらに、図49において、前後方向および左右方向において、カセット410の前後方向の中心且つ左右方向の中心であるカセット410の中心位置Mから印刷テープロール426の第1回転中心線C1までの距離は、中心位置Mから凹部499までの距離よりも小さく設定されている。 In FIG. 49, the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film 438 having substantially the same diameter thereof are vertically and vertically connected to at least a part of the bonded tape roll 464 and the second rotation center line C2, and at least a part of the recess 499 and the recess wall 416c. The directions overlap. When the printing tape roll 426 and the spacer film 438 are projected in the vertical direction, at least a part of the bonded tape roll 464 and at least a part of the second rotation center line C2, the recess 499 and the recess wall 416c are in the projection surface. Is located. Further, at least a part of the recess 499 and the recess wall 416c overlaps the printing tape spool 424 in the vertical direction. Further, in the left-right direction, the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the print tape roll 426 and the print tape spool 424 is located at the right end portion 499a and the other end portion which are the left-right end portions of the recess 499 in the left-right direction. It is located between a certain left end 499b. Further, the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 426 is located between the discharge port 500 and the right end portion 499a of the recess 499 in the left-right direction. Further, in FIG. 49, the distance from the center position M of the cassette 410, which is the center of the cassette 410 in the front-rear direction and the center in the left-right direction, to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 426 in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction is determined. It is set smaller than the distance from the center position M to the recess 499.
 以上のように構成された本実施形態のカセット410によれば、前述の実施形態1および実施形態2と同様に、(a)回転可能であり、被印刷媒体である印刷テープ422が巻回された印刷テープロール426と、(b)印刷テープロール426に対して印刷テープ422の幅方向である第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁415であって、第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁416aと、第1方向に直交し、且つ、前記第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁4216bと、第2側壁4216bから第2方向の一方側において第3方向に延びて凹部499を規定するように形成されたU字形状の凹部壁416cを形成する外周壁415と、を備え、(c)凹部499の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープロール426と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、印刷テープロール426を備えたテープケース420と凹部壁416cを備えるリボンケース421とが第1方向すなわち上下方向において重ねられ、凹部499の少なくとも一部が印刷テープロール426と第1方向に重ねられているので、カセット410は、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化される。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment configured as described above, similarly to the above-described first and second embodiments, (a) a rotatable and printable printing tape 422 is wound around the cassette 410. The printing tape roll 426 and (b) the outer peripheral wall 415 located on one side of the first direction which is the width direction of the printing tape 422 with respect to the printing tape roll 426, and the second direction orthogonal to the first direction. The first side wall 416a extending in the first direction, the second side wall 4216b extending in the third direction orthogonal to the first direction and intersecting the second direction, and the third direction on one side of the second side wall 4216b from the second side wall 4216b. It comprises an outer peripheral wall 415 forming a U-shaped recessed wall 416c that extends into and defines a recessed 499, and (c) at least a portion of the recessed 499 is a printing tape roll 426 and a first direction. It overlaps with. As a result, the tape case 420 having the printing tape roll 426 and the ribbon case 421 having the recess wall 416c are overlapped in the first direction, that is, in the vertical direction, and at least a part of the recess 499 is in the printing tape roll 426 and the first direction. Since they are stacked, the cassette 410 is miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
 本実施形態のカセット410によれば、印刷テープロール424は、回転可能な印刷テープスプール424に印刷テープ422が巻回されてなり、凹部壁416cの少なくとも一部は、印刷テープスプール424と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット410は、凹部壁416cの少なくとも一部が印刷テープスプール426と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, the printing tape roll 424 is formed by winding the printing tape 422 around the rotatable printing tape spool 424, and at least a part of the concave wall 416c is the printing tape spool 424 and the first. It overlaps in the direction. As a result, the cassette 410 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the concave wall 416c does not overlap the printing tape spool 426 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット410によれば、凹部499の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープスプール424と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット410は、凹部499の少なくとも一部が印刷テープスプール424と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, at least a part of the recess 499 overlaps with the printing tape spool 424 in the first direction. As a result, the cassette 410 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the recess 499 does not overlap the printing tape spool 424 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット410によれば、第3方向において、印刷テープロール426の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、凹部499の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセット410は、凹部249の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, in the third direction, the first rotation center line C1 which is the rotation center of the printing tape roll 426 is formed by one side end portion and the other side end portion of the recess 499 in the third direction. It is located in between. As a result, the cassette 410 can be downsized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the recess 249 is not located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the third direction. ..
 本実施形態のカセット410によれば、印刷テープロール426は、回転可能な印刷テープスプール424に印刷テープ422が巻回されてなり、第3方向において、印刷テープスプール424の少なくとも一部は、凹部499の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセットは、印刷テープスプール424の少なくとも一部が凹部499の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, in the printing tape roll 426, the printing tape 422 is wound around the rotatable printing tape spool 424, and in the third direction, at least a part of the printing tape spool 424 is recessed. It is located between one side end and the other side end of the third direction of 499. As a result, the cassette has an orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where at least a part of the printing tape spool 424 is not located between one side end portion and the other side end portion in the third direction of the recess 499. Can be miniaturized in.
 本実施形態のカセット410によれば、第3方向において、印刷テープスプール424の回転中心である第1回転中心線C1は、排出口500と凹部499の第3方向の一方側端部との間に位置している。これにより、カセット410は、印刷テープスプール424の第1回転中心線C1が排出口500と凹部99の第3方向の一方側端部との間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, in the third direction, the first rotation center line C1, which is the rotation center of the printing tape spool 424, is between the discharge port 500 and one end of the recess 499 in the third direction. Is located in. As a result, the cassette 410 is orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape spool 424 is not located between the discharge port 500 and one end of the recess 99 in the third direction. It is possible to reduce the size in the orthogonal direction.
本実施形態のカセット410によれば、凹部299は、テープケース(第1ケース)420の少なくとも一部と前記第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット410は、凹部299が第1ケース210の少なくとも一部と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, the recess 299 overlaps at least a part of the tape case (first case) 420 in the first direction. As a result, the cassette 410 can be downsized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the recess 299 does not overlap with at least a part of the first case 210 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット410によれば、印刷テープロール426に対して第1方向の一方側に位置し、印刷テープ422に貼り合わされる貼合せテープ460が巻回され、回転可能な貼合せテープロール264を備え、貼合せテープロール464の少なくとも一部は、印刷テープロール426と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、カセット410は、貼合せテープロール464の少なくとも一部が印刷テープロール426と第1方向に重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, the bonding tape 460 located on one side of the printing tape roll 426 in the first direction and bonded to the printing tape 422 is wound around and rotatable. It comprises 264, and at least a part of the bonding tape roll 464 overlaps the printing tape roll 426 in the first direction. As a result, the cassette 410 can be downsized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction, as compared with the case where at least a part of the bonding tape roll 464 does not overlap the printing tape roll 426 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット410によれば、貼合せテープロール464は、貼合せテープ260が貼合せテープスプール462に巻回されて構成され、貼合せテープスプール462は、印刷テープロール426と第1方向において重なっている。これにより、カセット410は、貼合せテープスプール462が印刷テープロール426と第1方向において重なっていない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, the bonding tape roll 464 is configured by winding the bonding tape 260 around the bonding tape spool 462, and the bonding tape spool 462 is the printing tape roll 426 and the first direction. Overlapping in. As a result, the cassette 410 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction as compared with the case where the bonding tape spool 462 does not overlap the printing tape roll 426 in the first direction.
 本実施形態のカセット410によれば、第3方向において、貼合せテープスプール462の回転中心である第2回転中心線C2は、凹部499の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部416bとの間に位置している。これにより、カセット410は、貼合せテープスプール462の第2回転中心線C2が凹部499の第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部416bとの間に位置していない場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, in the third direction, the second rotation center line C2, which is the rotation center of the bonding tape spool 462, is the one-side end portion and the other-side end portion 416b of the recess 499 in the third direction. It is located between and. As a result, the cassette 410 is moved up and down as compared with the case where the second rotation center line C2 of the bonding tape spool 462 is not located between one side end portion and the other side end portion 416b of the recess 499 in the third direction. Miniaturization is possible in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the direction.
 本実施形態のカセット410によれば、第2方向および第3方向において、カセット410の第2方向の中心且つ第3方向の中心である中心位置Mから印刷テープロール426の第1回転中心線C1までの距離は、中心位置Mから凹部499までの距離よりも小さい。これにより、カセット410は、カセット410の中心位置Mから印刷テープロール426の第1回転中心線C1までの距離が中心位置Mから凹部499までの距離よりも大きい場合よりも、上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化が可能となる。 According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, in the second direction and the third direction, the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 426 is started from the center position M which is the center of the cassette 410 in the second direction and the center of the third direction. The distance to is smaller than the distance from the center position M to the recess 499. As a result, the cassette 410 is orthogonal in the vertical direction more than the case where the distance from the center position M of the cassette 410 to the first rotation center line C1 of the printing tape roll 426 is larger than the distance from the center position M to the recess 499. Miniaturization is possible in the orthogonal direction.
 本実施形態のカセット410によれば、(a)印刷テープ422が巻回された印刷テープロール426と、(b)第1方向において、印刷テープロール426に当接するスペーサフィルム438と、(c)外周壁215のうちの印刷テープスロール426およびスペーサフィルム438に対して第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁415の一部であって、第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁416aと、第1方向に直交し、且つ第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁416bと、第2側壁416bから第2方向の一方側に延びる凹部であって、第2側壁416bよりも第2方向の一方側(図49の左側)において第3方向に延びる凹部499を規定するようにU字状に形成された凹部壁416cと、を備え、(d)凹部499の少なくとも一部は、スペーサフィルム438と第1方向に重なっている。これにより、凹部499の少なくとも一部がスペーサフィルム438と第1方向に重なっているので、カセット410が上下方向に直交する直交方向において小型化され得る。
[実施形態4]
According to the cassette 410 of the present embodiment, (a) a printing tape roll 426 around which the printing tape 422 is wound, (b) a spacer film 438 that abuts on the printing tape roll 426 in the first direction, and (c). A first side wall of the outer peripheral wall 215 that is a part of the outer peripheral wall 415 located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape sroll 426 and the spacer film 438 and extends in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction. 416a, a second side wall 416b extending in a third direction orthogonal to the first direction and intersecting the second direction, and a recess extending from the second side wall 416b to one side in the second direction, the second side wall 416b. A recess wall 416c formed in a U shape so as to define a recess 499 extending in the third direction on one side of the second direction (left side in FIG. 49), and (d) at least one of the recesses 499. The portion overlaps the spacer film 438 in the first direction. As a result, at least a part of the recess 499 overlaps the spacer film 438 in the first direction, so that the cassette 410 can be miniaturized in the orthogonal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction.
[Embodiment 4]
 図50および図51は、本発明の他の実施形態のカセット510の上面側の斜視図および下面側の斜視図である。本実施形態のカセット510は、図52に示すように、印刷テープロール526のみを備えている。本実施形態の印刷テープロール526の印刷テープ522は、実施形態3の印刷テープ422と同様に、基材としての被印刷テープ522aの印刷面とは反対側の面に、剥離テープ522cが粘着剤522bを介して積層されることにより構成されたものである。図53は、カセット510から送り出された印刷後の印刷テープ522を示している。本実施形態の印刷テープ522は、図34に示す実施形態3の印刷テープ422と同様に、加熱によってたとえば黒色に自己発色する感熱材料から成る基材としての被印刷テープ522aと、被印刷テープ522aの貼着面に粘着剤522bを介して積層された剥離テープ522cとから構成されたものである。被印刷テープ522aの一部には、局所加熱によって形成された局所発色領域522dが示されている。 50 and 51 are a perspective view of the upper surface side and a perspective view of the lower surface side of the cassette 510 of another embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 52, the cassette 510 of the present embodiment includes only the printing tape roll 526. Similar to the printing tape 422 of the third embodiment, the printing tape 522 of the printing tape roll 526 of the present embodiment has a release tape 522c as an adhesive on the surface of the tape to be printed 522a as a base material opposite to the printing surface. It is configured by being laminated via 522b. FIG. 53 shows the printed printing tape 522 sent out from the cassette 510. Similar to the printing tape 422 of the third embodiment shown in FIG. 34, the printing tape 522 of the present embodiment includes a printing tape 522a as a base material made of a heat-sensitive material that self-colors, for example, black when heated, and a printing tape 522a. It is composed of a release tape 522c laminated on the sticking surface of the above via an adhesive 522b. A local coloring region 522d formed by local heating is shown on a part of the tape to be printed 522a.
 本実施形態のカセット510は、図52に示すように、実施形態2の図21のカセット210の第1ケース部材212、第2ケース部材214、第3ケース部材216、および第4ケース部材218と同様に構成された、第1ケース部材512、第2ケース部材514、第3ケース部材516、および第4ケース部材518を用いて構成されているが、供給スプール270にインクリボン268が巻回されたインクリボンロール272、およびインクリボン268を巻き取るための巻取スプール276を備えない点で、カセット210と相違している。 As shown in FIG. 52, the cassette 510 of the present embodiment includes the first case member 212, the second case member 214, the third case member 216, and the fourth case member 218 of the cassette 210 of FIG. 21 of the second embodiment. Although it is configured by using the first case member 512, the second case member 514, the third case member 516, and the fourth case member 518, which are similarly configured, the ink ribbon 268 is wound around the supply spool 270. It differs from the cassette 210 in that it does not include the ink ribbon roll 272 and the take-up spool 276 for winding the ink ribbon 268.
 本実施形態のカセット510によれば、カセット510の第3ケース部材516は、カセット210の第3ケース部材216の第1側壁216a、第2側壁216b、凹部299を形成する凹部壁216cと同様の、第1側壁516a、第2側壁516b、凹部599を形成する凹部壁516cを、有しているので、カセット210と同様の効果が得られる。 According to the cassette 510 of the present embodiment, the third case member 516 of the cassette 510 is the same as the concave wall 216c forming the first side wall 216a, the second side wall 216b, and the concave portion 299 of the third case member 216 of the cassette 210. Since the first side wall 516a, the second side wall 516b, and the recess wall 516c forming the recess 599 are provided, the same effect as that of the cassette 210 can be obtained.
 なお、上述したのはあくまでも本発明の位置実施形態であり、本発明はその趣旨を逸脱しない範囲において種々の変更が加えられ得るものである。 It should be noted that the above description is merely a positional embodiment of the present invention, and the present invention can be modified in various ways without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
 上述した実施形態のカセット10,210、410、510は、第1ケース部材12,212、412、512、第2ケース部材14,214、414、514、第3ケース部材16,216、416、516、および、第4ケース部材18,218、416、516の4つのケース部材が上下方向に重ねられて構成されていたが、カセット10はこの構成に限定されるものではない。例えば図54に示すように、カセット10,210、410、510は、第1ケース部材12,212、416、516と第5ケース部材501と第4ケース部材18,218、418、518の3つのケース部材が上下方向に積層されて構成されていてもよい。第5ケース部材501は、上記実施形態の貫通穴52,58などに相当する上下に貫通する貫通穴502を有するとともに、第1空間S1と第2空間S2とを区画する。第5ケース部材501は、上面側の構成が第2ケース部材14,214、414、514の上面側と同じ形状に構成され、下面側が第3ケース部材16,216、416、516の下面側と同じ形状に構成されるとよい。この変形例の場合、第1ケース部材12,212、414、514と第5ケース部材501により、内部に第1空間S1を有する第1ケースが構成され、第5ケース部材501と第4ケース部材18,218により、内部に第2空間S2を有する第2ケースが構成される。 The cassettes 10, 210, 410, and 510 of the above-described embodiment are the first case member 12, 212, 412, 512, the second case member 14, 214, 414, 514, and the third case member 16, 216, 416, 516. , And four case members 18, 218, 416, and 516 are stacked in the vertical direction, but the cassette 10 is not limited to this configuration. For example, as shown in FIG. 54, the cassettes 10, 210, 410, and 510 are the first case members 12, 212, 416, 516, the fifth case member 501, and the fourth case members 18, 218, 418, and 518. The case members may be laminated in the vertical direction. The fifth case member 501 has through holes 502 that penetrate vertically corresponding to the through holes 52, 58 and the like of the above embodiment, and partitions the first space S1 and the second space S2. The upper surface side of the fifth case member 501 has the same shape as the upper surface side of the second case members 14, 214, 414, 514, and the lower surface side is the lower surface side of the third case members 16, 216, 416, 516. It should be configured in the same shape. In the case of this modification, the first case member 12, 212, 414, 514 and the fifth case member 501 form a first case having the first space S1 inside, and the fifth case member 501 and the fourth case member A second case having a second space S2 inside is configured by 18, 218.
 また、上記実施形態では、凹部99、299、499、599はU字状の凹部壁16c、216c、416c、516cによって囲まれる形状を示したが、この形状に限定されるものではない。例えば円形状の凹部であってもよい。 Further, in the above embodiment, the recesses 99, 299, 499, and 599 show a shape surrounded by U-shaped recessed walls 16c, 216c, 416c, and 516c, but the shape is not limited to this shape. For example, it may be a circular recess.
 また、上記実施形態の印刷テープロール、貼合せテープロール、インクリボンロール及び巻取スプールは、それらの径が、前後方向及び左右方向に対して水平に設けられていたが、これらは水平に設けられていなくてもよい。例えば印刷テープロールが前後方向及び左右方向に対して水平に設けられていない場合、印刷テープの幅方向である第1方向は、上記実施形態の上下方向とは異なる方向となる。この場合、印刷テープの幅方向である第1方向に直交する第2方向、及び、第1方向と第2方向とに直交する第3方向は、各々上記実施形態の前後方向及び左右方向とは異なる方向となる。 Further, the printing tape roll, the bonding tape roll, the ink ribbon roll and the take-up spool of the above-described embodiment are provided with their diameters horizontal with respect to the front-rear direction and the left-right direction, but these are provided horizontally. It does not have to be. For example, when the printing tape roll is not provided horizontally with respect to the front-rear direction and the left-right direction, the first direction, which is the width direction of the printing tape, is a direction different from the vertical direction of the above embodiment. In this case, the second direction orthogonal to the first direction, which is the width direction of the printing tape, and the third direction orthogonal to the first direction and the second direction are the front-back direction and the left-right direction of the above-described embodiment, respectively. It goes in a different direction.
 また、印刷テープロール、貼合せテープロール、インクリボンロール及び巻取スプールの配置は上記実施形態に示す位置に限定されるものではない。例えば第1実施形態において貼合せテープロール64が巻取スプール76よりも右側に配置されてもよいし、巻取スプール76がインクリボンロール72よりも前側に配置されていてもよい。 Further, the arrangement of the printing tape roll, the bonding tape roll, the ink ribbon roll, and the take-up spool is not limited to the position shown in the above embodiment. For example, in the first embodiment, the bonding tape roll 64 may be arranged on the right side of the take-up spool 76, or the take-up spool 76 may be arranged on the front side of the ink ribbon roll 72.
 また、実施形態1では、凹部99、貼合せテープロール64、供給スプール70、巻取スプール76のすべてが印刷テープロール26と上下方向に重なる位置に配置されていたが、この構成に限定されない。少なくとも凹部99が印刷テープロール26と上下方向に重なる位置に配置されていればよい。同様に、実施形態2~4においても少なくとも凹部が印刷テープロールと上下方向に重なる位置に配置されていればよい。また、上記実施形態1~4では、凹部もしくは凹部壁が印刷テープスプールと上下方向に重なっていたが、少なくとも凹部もしくは凹部壁が印刷テープスプールに巻回されている印刷テープと上下方向に重なっていればよい。 Further, in the first embodiment, the recess 99, the bonding tape roll 64, the supply spool 70, and the take-up spool 76 are all arranged at positions where they overlap the printing tape roll 26 in the vertical direction, but the configuration is not limited to this. At least the recess 99 may be arranged at a position where it overlaps the printing tape roll 26 in the vertical direction. Similarly, in the second to fourth embodiments, at least the recesses may be arranged at positions where they overlap with the printing tape roll in the vertical direction. Further, in the above-described first to fourth embodiments, the concave portion or the concave wall overlaps the printing tape spool in the vertical direction, but at least the concave portion or the concave wall overlaps the printing tape wound around the printing tape spool in the vertical direction. Just do it.
 また、上述した実施形態1~4の印刷テープロールは、印刷テープが円筒状の軸芯材である印刷テープスプールに巻回されて構成されていたが、印刷テープは印刷テープスプールに巻回されず、第1支持突起及び第2支持突起を中心に巻回されることで印刷テープロールを構成してもよい。同様に、貼合せテープ60は、貼合せテープスプール62に巻回されることなく巻回され、貼合せテープロール保持壁84及び円弧状壁92により貼合せテープ60の外周が規定されて配置されてもよい。 Further, the printing tape rolls of the above-described embodiments 1 to 4 are configured by winding the printing tape around the printing tape spool which is a cylindrical shaft core material, but the printing tape is wound around the printing tape spool. Instead, the printing tape roll may be formed by winding around the first support protrusion and the second support protrusion. Similarly, the bonding tape 60 is wound around the bonding tape spool 62 without being wound, and the outer circumference of the bonding tape 60 is defined and arranged by the bonding tape roll holding wall 84 and the arcuate wall 92. You may.
10、210、410、510:カセット
12、212、412、512:第1ケース部材
14、214、414、514:第2ケース部材
16、216、416、516:第3ケース部材
16a、216a、416a、516a:第1側壁(外周壁)
16b、216b、416b、516b:第2側壁(外周壁)
16c、216c、416c、516c:凹部壁
16h、216h、416h、516h:内壁
16i、216i、416i、516i:内壁
16j、216j、416j、516j:内壁
16k、216k、416k、516k:内壁
18、218、418、518:第4ケース部材
20、220、420、520:テープケース(第1ケース、上ケース)
21、221、421、521:リボンケース(第2ケース、下ケース)
22、222、422、522:印刷テープ(被印刷媒体,第1媒体)
22a、222a、422a、522a:被印刷テープ
22b、222b、422b、522b:粘着剤
22c、222c、422c、522c:剥離テープ
24、224、424:印刷テープスプール
26、226、426、526:印刷テープロール
27、227、427:係止爪
28、228、428:固定爪
29、229、429:位置決め突起
30、230、430:第1支持突起
32、232、432:第2支持突起
34、234、434:第1円周壁
36、236、436:第2円周壁
38、238、438:スペーサフィルム
40、240:印刷テープゲート
42、242:印刷テープゲート
44、244、444:第1ケース部材の外周壁
44a、244a、444a:短辺部
46、246、446:第2ケース部材の外周壁
46a、246a、446a:短辺部
46b、246b:長辺部
48、248、448:案内壁
50、250、450:案内壁
52、252、452:貫通穴
54、254、454:案内リブ
56、256、456:案内壁
58、258、458:貫通穴
60、260:貼合せテープ
60a、260a:透明フィルム
60b、260b:粘着剤
62、462:貼合せテープスプール
64、464:貼合せテープロール
66、466:貼合せテープロール支持穴
68、268:インクリボン
68a、268a:インク
70、270:供給スプール
72、272:インクリボンロール
74、274:インクリボン支持穴
76、276:巻取スプール
78、278:巻取スプール支持穴
80、280、480:ローラ
80a、280a:連結部
82、482:ローラ支持穴
84、484:貼合せテープロール保持壁
86、286:インクリボンロール保持壁
88、288:円筒状突起
90、290:クラッチばねホルダ
92、292:保持部材
94、294:巻取スプール支持穴
96、296:連結穴
98、498:ローラ露出穴
99、299、499、599:凹部
102:印刷装置
104:カセット装着部
106:印刷ヘッド
108:巻取スプール駆動軸
110:ローラ駆動軸
112:位置決め穴
114:ヘッド保持板
116:プラテンローラ
118:押圧ローラ
120:プラテン保持部材
122:印刷システム
130、300、500:排出口
132、302:搬入口
S1:第1空間
S2:第2空間
C1:第1回転中心線
C2:第2回転中心線
C3:第3回転中心線
C4:第4回転中心線
C5:第5回転中心線
10, 210, 410, 510: Cassette 12, 212, 421, 512: First case member 14, 214, 414, 514: Second case member 16, 216, 416, 516: Third case member 16a, 216a, 416a 516a: First side wall (outer wall)
16b, 216b, 416b, 516b: Second side wall (outer wall)
16c, 216c, 416c, 516c: Recessed wall 16h, 216h, 416h, 516h: Inner wall 16i, 216i, 416i, 516i: Inner wall 16j, 216j, 416j, 516j: Inner wall 16k, 216k, 416k, 516k: Inner wall 18,218, 418: 518: Fourth case member 20, 220, 420, 520: Tape case (first case, upper case)
21,221,421,521: Ribbon case (second case, lower case)
22, 222, 422, 522: Printing tape (printed medium, first medium)
22a, 222a, 422a, 522a: Printed tape 22b, 222b, 422b, 522b: Adhesive 22c, 222c, 422c, 522c: Peeling tape 24, 224, 424: Printing tape spool 26, 226, 426, 526: Printing tape Rolls 27, 227, 427: Locking claws 28, 228, 428: Fixed claws 29, 229, 428: Positioning protrusions 30, 230, 430: First support protrusions 32, 232, 432: Second support protrusions 34, 234, 434: First circumferential wall 36, 236, 436: Second circumferential wall 38, 238, 438: Spacer film 40, 240: Printing tape gate 42, 242: Printing tape gate 44, 244, 444: Outer circumference of the first case member Walls 44a, 244a, 444a: Short side portions 46, 246, 446: Outer peripheral walls 46a of the second case member, 246a, 446a: Short side portions 46b, 246b: Long side portions 48, 248, 448: Guide walls 50, 250 , 450: Guide wall 52, 252, 452: Through hole 54, 254, 454: Guide rib 56, 256, 456: Guide wall 58, 258, 458: Through hole 60, 260: Laminating tape 60a, 260a: Transparent film 60b, 260b: Adhesive 62, 462: Laminated tape spool 64, 464: Laminated tape roll 66, 466: Laminated tape roll support hole 68, 268: Ink ribbon 68a, 268a: Ink 70, 270: Supply spool 72 , 272: Ink ribbon roll 74, 274: Ink ribbon support hole 76, 276: Winding spool 78, 278: Winding spool support hole 80, 280, 480: Roller 80a, 280a: Connecting part 82, 482: Roller support hole 84, 484: Laminated tape roll holding wall 86, 286: Ink ribbon roll holding wall 88, 288: Cylindrical protrusion 90, 290: Clutch spring holder 92, 292: Holding member 94, 294: Winding spool support hole 96, 296: Connecting hole 98, 998: Roller exposed hole 99, 299, 499, 599: Recessed 102: Printing device 104: Cassette mounting part 106: Printing head 108: Winding spool drive shaft 110: Roller drive shaft 112: Positioning hole 114 : Head holding plate 116: Platen roller 118: Pressing roller 120: Platen holding member 122: Printing system 130, 300, 500: Discharge port 132, 302: Carry-in port S1: First space S2: Second space C1: First rotation Center line C2: 2nd rotation center line C3: 3rd rotation center line C4: 4th Rotation center line C5: 5th rotation center line

Claims (14)

  1.  回転可能であり、被印刷媒体である印刷テープが巻回された印刷テープロールと、 前記印刷テープロールに対して、前記印刷テープの幅方向である第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁であって、
      前記第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁と、
      前記第1方向に直交し、且つ、前記第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁と、
      前記第2側壁から前記第2方向の一方に延びる凹部であって前記第2側壁よりも前記第2方向の一方側において前記第3方向に延びる前記凹部を規定する凹部壁と、 を備える前記外周壁と、
     を備え、
     前記凹部の少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なる ことを特徴とするカセット。
    A print tape roll on which a print tape, which is a rotatable medium to be printed, is wound, and an outer peripheral wall located on one side of the print tape roll in the first direction, which is the width direction of the print tape. There,
    A first side wall extending in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction,
    A second side wall that is orthogonal to the first direction and extends in the third direction that intersects the second direction.
    The outer circumference comprising a recess wall extending from the second side wall in one of the second directions and defining the recess extending in the third direction on one side of the second side wall with respect to the second side wall. With the wall
    With
    A cassette characterized in that at least a part of the recess is overlapped with the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  2.  前記印刷テープロールは、回転可能な印刷テープスプールに前記印刷テープが巻回されてなり、
     前記凹部壁の少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープスプールと前記第1方向に重なることを特徴とする請求項1に記載のカセット。
    The printing tape roll is formed by winding the printing tape around a rotatable printing tape spool.
    The cassette according to claim 1, wherein at least a part of the recessed wall overlaps the printing tape spool in the first direction.
  3.  前記凹部の少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープスプールと前記第1方向に重なることを特徴とする請求項2に記載のカセット。 The cassette according to claim 2, wherein at least a part of the recess overlaps with the printing tape spool in the first direction.
  4.  前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープロールの回転中心は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置することを特徴とする請求項1乃至3の何れか1に記載のカセット。 Any of claims 1 to 3, wherein in the third direction, the center of rotation of the printing tape roll is located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess in the third direction. The cassette according to 1.
  5.  前記印刷テープロールは、回転可能な印刷テープスプールに前記印刷テープが巻回されてなり、
     前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープスプールの少なくとも一部は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置することを特徴とする請求項1乃至4の何れかに記載のカセット。
    The printing tape roll is formed by winding the printing tape around a rotatable printing tape spool.
    A third aspect of the present invention, wherein at least a part of the printing tape spool is located between one side end portion and the other side end portion of the recess in the third direction. The cassette described in either.
  6.  前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープスプールの回転中心は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の前記一方側端部と前記他方側端部との間に位置することを特徴とする請求項5に記載のカセット。 5. The fifth aspect of the present invention, wherein in the third direction, the center of rotation of the printing tape spool is located between the one-sided end and the other-side end of the recess in the third direction. Cassette.
  7.  前記印刷テープロールが収容された第1ケースと、
     前記第1ケースに対して前記第1方向の前記一方側に位置し、前記外周壁を有する第2ケースと、
     を備え、
     前記第2ケースは、
     前記第2側壁により規定される排出口であって、前記第3方向において前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置し、前記印刷テープロールから供給される前記印刷テープが前記第2ケースから前記凹部に排出される前記排出口を備え、 前記第3方向において、前記印刷テープスプールの回転中心は、前記排出口と前記凹部の前記第3方向の前記一方側端部との間に位置することを特徴とする請求項5又は6に記載のカセット。
    The first case containing the printing tape roll and
    A second case located on the one side of the first direction with respect to the first case and having the outer peripheral wall, and a second case.
    With
    The second case is
    A discharge port defined by the second side wall, located between the one-side end and the other-side end of the recess in the third direction and supplied from the printing tape roll. The printing tape is provided with the discharge port from the second case to the recess, and in the third direction, the rotation center of the printing tape spool is the discharge port and the recess in the third direction. The cassette according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the cassette is located between the side end portion.
  8.  前記凹部は、前記第1ケースの少なくとも一部と前記第1方向に重なることを特徴とする請求項7に記載のカセット。 The cassette according to claim 7, wherein the recess overlaps at least a part of the first case in the first direction.
  9.  前記印刷テープロールに対して前記第1方向の一方側に位置し、前記印刷テープロールから供給される前記印刷テープへの印刷に使用されるインクリボンが巻回され、回転可能な供給スプールと、
     前記印刷テープロールに対して前記第1方向の一方側に位置し、前記供給スプールから供給される前記インクリボンを巻き取るように回転可能な巻取スプールと、
     を備え、
     前記供給スプールの少なくとも一部及び前記巻取スプールの少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なることを特徴とする請求項1から8の何れか1に記載のカセット。
    An ink ribbon located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll and used for printing on the printing tape supplied from the printing tape roll is wound and rotated.
    A take-up spool located on one side of the first direction with respect to the print tape roll and rotatable so as to take up the ink ribbon supplied from the supply spool.
    With
    The cassette according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein at least a part of the supply spool and at least a part of the take-up spool overlap the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  10.  前記印刷テープロールに対して前記第1方向の一方側に位置し、前記印刷テープに貼り合わされる貼合せテープが巻回され、回転可能な貼合せテープロールを備え、
     前記貼合せテープロールの少なくとも一部は、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向に重なることを特徴とする請求項1から9の何れか1に記載のカセット。
    A laminating tape that is located on one side of the printing tape roll in the first direction and is laminated to the printing tape is wound and provided with a rotatable laminating tape roll.
    The cassette according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein at least a part of the bonding tape roll overlaps the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  11.  前記貼合せテープロールは、前記貼合せテープが貼合せテープスプールに巻回されて構成され、
     前記貼合せテープスプールは、前記印刷テープロールと前記第1方向において重なることを特徴とする請求項10に記載のカセット。
    The laminating tape roll is configured by winding the laminating tape around a laminating tape spool.
    The cassette according to claim 10, wherein the bonding tape spool overlaps the printing tape roll in the first direction.
  12.  前記第3方向において、前記貼合せテープスプールの回転中心は、前記凹部の前記第3方向の一方側端部と他方側端部との間に位置することを特徴とする請求項11に記載のカセット。 11. The third aspect of claim 11, wherein the center of rotation of the laminating tape spool is located between the one-sided end and the other-sided end of the recess in the third direction. cassette.
  13.  前記第2方向及び前記第3方向において、前記カセットの前記第2方向の中心且つ前記第3方向の中心である中心位置から前記印刷テープロールの回転中心までの距離は、前記中心位置から前記凹部までの距離よりも小さいことを特徴とする請求項1から12の何れか1に記載のカセット。 In the second direction and the third direction, the distance from the center position of the cassette in the second direction and the center of the third direction to the rotation center of the printing tape roll is the distance from the center position to the recess. The cassette according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the cassette is smaller than the distance to.
  14.  印刷テープが巻回された印刷テープロールと、
     前記印刷テープの幅方向である第1方向において、前記印刷テープロールに当接するスペーサフィルムと、
     前記印刷テープロール及び前記スペーサフィルムに対して、前記第1方向の一方側に位置する外周壁であって、
      前記第1方向に直交する第2方向に延びる第1側壁と、
      前記第1方向に直交し、且つ、前記第2方向と交差する第3方向に延びる第2側壁と、
      前記第2側壁から前記第2方向の一方に延びる凹部であって、前記第2側壁よりも前記第2方向の一方側において前記第3方向に延びる前記凹部を規定する凹部壁と、 を備える外周壁と、
     を備え、
     前記凹部の少なくとも一部は、前記スペーサフィルムと前記第1方向に重なる ことを特徴とするカセット。
    A print tape roll around which the print tape is wound, and
    A spacer film that comes into contact with the printing tape roll in the first direction, which is the width direction of the printing tape.
    An outer peripheral wall located on one side of the first direction with respect to the printing tape roll and the spacer film.
    A first side wall extending in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction,
    A second side wall that is orthogonal to the first direction and extends in the third direction that intersects the second direction.
    An outer circumference provided with a recess wall extending from the second side wall in one of the second directions and defining the recess extending in the third direction on one side of the second side wall with respect to the second side wall. With the wall
    With
    A cassette characterized in that at least a part of the recess is overlapped with the spacer film in the first direction.
PCT/JP2020/011087 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Cassette WO2020203172A1 (en)

Priority Applications (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MX2021011978A MX2021011978A (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Cassette.
CN202310903332.XA CN117021793A (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Tape cassette
CA3135338A CA3135338A1 (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Cassette
CN202310903311.8A CN117021791A (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Tape cassette
CN202080026096.2A CN113661069B (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Tape cassette
KR1020217031344A KR20210146929A (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 cassette
EP20783843.4A EP3932681A4 (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Cassette
BR112021019447A BR112021019447A2 (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Cassette
SG11202110838RA SG11202110838RA (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Cassette
AU2020250328A AU2020250328A1 (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Cassette
CN202310903324.5A CN117021792A (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Tape cassette
US17/489,713 US11987064B2 (en) 2019-03-31 2021-09-29 Cassette

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-069561 2019-03-31
JP2019069561A JP7259489B2 (en) 2019-03-31 2019-03-31 cassette

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/489,713 Continuation US11987064B2 (en) 2019-03-31 2021-09-29 Cassette

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020203172A1 true WO2020203172A1 (en) 2020-10-08

Family

ID=72668587

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/011087 WO2020203172A1 (en) 2019-03-31 2020-03-13 Cassette

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (1) US11987064B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3932681A4 (en)
JP (3) JP7259489B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20210146929A (en)
CN (4) CN117021792A (en)
AU (1) AU2020250328A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112021019447A2 (en)
CA (1) CA3135338A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2021011978A (en)
SG (1) SG11202110838RA (en)
WO (1) WO2020203172A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS63156762U (en) 1987-04-02 1988-10-14
JPH04110172A (en) * 1990-08-31 1992-04-10 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Consumable goods cartridge and thermal transfer printer using same
JP2004255656A (en) * 2003-02-25 2004-09-16 Seiko Epson Corp Tape cartridge and tape printer
JP2011037223A (en) * 2009-08-18 2011-02-24 Seiko Epson Corp Tape cartridge
US20110143073A1 (en) * 2008-08-06 2011-06-16 Dymo Tape

Family Cites Families (39)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5036734B1 (en) 1970-04-13 1975-11-27
SE364584B (en) 1970-04-13 1974-02-25 Canon Kk
US3672603A (en) 1970-06-26 1972-06-27 Cartridge Television Inc Tape cartridge
US3804227A (en) 1972-05-03 1974-04-16 Scm Corp Typewriter ribbon cartridge
US4034935A (en) * 1975-11-19 1977-07-12 Xerox Corporation Dual level ribbon cartridge
CA1119549A (en) 1978-01-30 1982-03-09 Collier M. Miller Ribbon cartridge drive
US4402619A (en) 1981-03-30 1983-09-06 Kroy, Inc. Printing apparatus and printing cartridge therefor
JPS58175949U (en) 1982-05-20 1983-11-25 大和製衡株式会社 label printer
JPS5995180A (en) * 1982-11-22 1984-06-01 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Ink ribbon cassette
JPS6036255U (en) * 1983-08-22 1985-03-13 日本電産コパル株式会社 Thermal transfer serial printer
JPS6048456U (en) 1983-09-12 1985-04-05 株式会社東芝 thermal transfer printer
US4668961A (en) 1984-04-20 1987-05-26 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Recording apparatus
JPS60224571A (en) 1984-04-20 1985-11-08 Canon Inc Transfer recorder
JPH064580B2 (en) 1986-12-19 1994-01-19 日東化学工業株式会社 Method for producing 2,6-dichlorobenzonitrile
JPH029562U (en) 1988-06-22 1990-01-22
JPH03284973A (en) * 1990-04-02 1991-12-16 Canon Inc Ribbon cassette and recording device using same cassette
JPH04152176A (en) 1990-10-16 1992-05-26 Nec Corp Ink ribbon cassette for printer
JP3441485B2 (en) * 1993-05-19 2003-09-02 ブラザー工業株式会社 Tape cassette
JPH0839908A (en) 1994-08-01 1996-02-13 Brother Ind Ltd Printing cassette
JP2976823B2 (en) * 1994-09-28 1999-11-10 ブラザー工業株式会社 Cassette case and tape case for making printing tape
US6135657A (en) * 1998-08-07 2000-10-24 Axiohm Transaction Solutions, Inc. Ribbon cassette with coaxial spools on common shaft with partition for preventing contamination
JPH11240232A (en) * 1998-12-25 1999-09-07 Seiko Epson Corp Tape cartridge
JP2001096875A (en) * 1999-09-30 2001-04-10 Alps Electric Co Ltd Method for feeding ink ribbon and thermal transfer printer
JP2002308518A (en) * 2000-10-19 2002-10-23 Brother Ind Ltd Tape unit
GB2412351A (en) 2004-03-24 2005-09-28 Esselte A tape printer having separate tape and ink ribbon cassettes
PL1650035T3 (en) 2004-10-22 2011-06-30 Sanford Lp Hybrid printer
JP2008023823A (en) * 2006-07-20 2008-02-07 Noritsu Koki Co Ltd Printing apparatus
JP5082916B2 (en) * 2008-02-25 2012-11-28 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Container and recording device
GB0907280D0 (en) * 2009-04-28 2009-06-10 Dymo Nv Cassette for use in a tape printer
JP5995180B2 (en) * 2011-12-13 2016-09-21 株式会社リコー Image forming system
CN104417103A (en) * 2013-09-02 2015-03-18 珠海纳思达企业管理有限公司 Ribbon cartridge of label printing device
JP6232932B2 (en) * 2013-10-31 2017-11-22 ブラザー工業株式会社 Roll mechanism with shaft, tape cartridge
JP6486599B2 (en) * 2014-03-24 2019-03-20 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Tape cartridge
JP2016068407A (en) * 2014-09-30 2016-05-09 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Tape cartridge
CN105799335A (en) * 2016-05-13 2016-07-27 厦门海普锐科技股份有限公司 Belt type printing device
CN205970431U (en) * 2016-08-25 2017-02-22 珠海泽冠科技有限公司 Label ribbon cartridge with discernment piece support piece
CN207224868U (en) * 2017-09-12 2018-04-13 珠海纳思达企业管理有限公司 Ribbon cartridge and label machine
JP6460192B2 (en) * 2017-09-21 2019-01-30 ブラザー工業株式会社 Tape cassette
CN207630759U (en) * 2017-12-04 2018-07-20 新会江裕信息产业有限公司 A kind of Portable printer with brief paper feed channel

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS63156762U (en) 1987-04-02 1988-10-14
JPH04110172A (en) * 1990-08-31 1992-04-10 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Consumable goods cartridge and thermal transfer printer using same
JP2004255656A (en) * 2003-02-25 2004-09-16 Seiko Epson Corp Tape cartridge and tape printer
US20110143073A1 (en) * 2008-08-06 2011-06-16 Dymo Tape
JP2011037223A (en) * 2009-08-18 2011-02-24 Seiko Epson Corp Tape cartridge

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2020250328A1 (en) 2021-10-28
CN113661069A (en) 2021-11-16
EP3932681A4 (en) 2022-11-16
CN113661069B (en) 2023-08-08
EP3932681A1 (en) 2022-01-05
CA3135338A1 (en) 2020-10-08
JP2020168725A (en) 2020-10-15
BR112021019447A2 (en) 2021-11-30
SG11202110838RA (en) 2021-10-28
CN117021792A (en) 2023-11-10
US11987064B2 (en) 2024-05-21
CN117021793A (en) 2023-11-10
JP2024052961A (en) 2024-04-12
CN117021791A (en) 2023-11-10
JP7452735B2 (en) 2024-03-19
US20220016918A1 (en) 2022-01-20
KR20210146929A (en) 2021-12-06
MX2021011978A (en) 2021-12-15
JP7259489B2 (en) 2023-04-18
JP2023076582A (en) 2023-06-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020203176A1 (en) Cassette
JP7338775B2 (en) cassette
WO2020203172A1 (en) Cassette
WO2020203173A1 (en) Cassette
WO2020203179A1 (en) Cassette
JP7452613B2 (en) cassette
WO2020203174A1 (en) Cassette
RU2807030C2 (en) Cassette

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20783843

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3135338

Country of ref document: CA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020783843

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20210929

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112021019447

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020250328

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20200313

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112021019447

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20210928